CHAPTER NINETEEN
A summary of this chapter is given by Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura in his Amṛta-pravāha-bhāṣya. Meeting Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu in a village called Rāmakeli, two brothers, Rūpa and Sanātana, began to devise means to get out of their government service. They appointed some brāhmaṇas to perform puraścaraṇa ceremonies and chant the holy name of Kṛṣṇa. Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī deposited ten thousand gold coins with a grocer, and the balance he brought in two boats to a place called Bāklā Candradvīpa. There he divided this money among the brāhmaṇas, Vaiṣṇavas and his relatives, and a portion he kept for emergency measures and personal needs. He was informed that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was going to Vṛndāvana from Jagannātha Purī through the forest of Jhārikhaṇḍa (Jharkhand); therefore he sent two people to Jagannātha Purī to find out when the Lord would leave for Vṛndāvana. In this way Rūpa Gosvāmī retired, but Sanātana Gosvāmī told the Nawab that he was sick and could not attend to his work. Giving this excuse, he sat at home and studied Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam with learned brāhmaṇa scholars. The Nawab Hussain Shah first sent his personal physician to see what the real facts were; then he personally came to see why Sanātana was not attending to official business. Knowing that he wanted to resign his post, the Nawab had him arrested and imprisoned. The Nawab then went off to attack Orissa.
When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu started for Vṛndāvana through the forest of Jhārikhaṇḍa, Rūpa Gosvāmī left home and sent news to Sanātana that he was leaving with his younger brother (Anupama Mallika) to meet Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī finally reached Prayāga and met with Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu for ten successive days. During this time, Vallabha Bhaṭṭa extended an invitation to the Lord with great respect. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu introduced Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī to Vallabha Bhaṭṭa. After this, a brāhmaṇa scholar named Raghupati Upādhyāya arrived and discussed Kṛṣṇa consciousness with the Lord. Kavirāja Gosvāmī then extensively describes the living condition of Śrī Rūpa and Sanātana at Vṛndāvana. During the ten days at Prayāga, Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī was instructed by the Lord, who gave him the basic principles of the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu. The Lord then sent Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī to Vṛndāvana. The Lord Himself returned to Vārāṇasī and stayed at the home of Candraśekhara.
Text 1
Bengali
वृन्दावनीय़ां रसकेलिवार्तां
कालेन लुप्तां निजशक्तिमुत्कः ।
सञ्चार्य रूपे व्यतनोत् पुनः स
प्रभुर्विधौ प्रागिव लोकसृष्टिम् ॥ १ ॥
Verse text
vṛndāvanīyāṁ rasa-keli-vārtāṁ
kālena luptāṁ nija-śaktim utkaḥ
sañcārya rūpe vyatanot punaḥ sa
prabhur vidhau prāg iva loka-sṛṣṭim
Synonyms
vṛndāvanīyām — related to Vṛndāvana; rasa-keli-vārtām — talks about the pastimes of Śrī Kṛṣṇa; kālena — with the course of time; luptām — lost; nija-śaktim — His personal potency; utkaḥ — being eager; sañcārya — infusing; rūpe — to Rūpa Gosvāmī; vyatanot — manifested; punaḥ — again; saḥ — He; prabhuḥ — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; vidhau — unto Lord Brahmā; prāk iva — as formerly; loka-sṛṣṭim — the creation of this cosmic manifestation.
Translation
Before the creation of this cosmic manifestation, the Lord enlightened the heart of Lord Brahmā with the details of the creation and manifested the Vedic knowledge. In exactly the same way, the Lord, being anxious to revive the Vṛndāvana pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa, impregnated the heart of Rūpa Gosvāmī with spiritual potency. By this potency, Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī could revive the activities of Kṛṣṇa in Vṛndāvana, activities almost lost to memory. In this way, He spread Kṛṣṇa consciousness throughout the world.
Text 2
Bengali
जय़ जय़ श्रीचैतन्य जय़ नित्यानन्द ।
जय़ाद्वैतचन्द्र जय़ गौरभक्तवृन्द ॥ २ ॥
Verse text
jaya jaya śrī-caitanya jaya nityānanda
jayādvaita-candra jaya gaura-bhakta-vṛnda
Synonyms
jaya jaya śrī-caitanya — all glories to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; jaya nityānanda — all glories to Lord Nityānanda; jaya advaita-candra — all glories to Advaita Prabhu; jaya gaura-bhakta-vṛnda — all glories to the devotees of the Lord.
Translation
All glories to Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu! All glories to Lord Nityānanda! All glories to Advaitacandra! And all glories to all the devotees of the Lord!
Text 3
Bengali
श्रीरूप-सनातन रहे रामकेलि-ग्रामे ।
प्रभुरे मिलिय़ा गेला आपन-भवने ॥ ३ ॥
Verse text
śrī-rūpa-sanātana rahe rāmakeli-grāme
prabhure miliyā gelā āpana-bhavane
Synonyms
śrī-rūpa-sanātana — the brothers named Rūpa and Sanātana; rahe — stayed; rāmakeli-grāme — in Rāmakeli; prabhure — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; miliyā — meeting; gelā — went back; āpana-bhavane — to their own homes.
Translation
After meeting Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu in the village of Rāmakeli, the brothers Rūpa and Sanātana returned to their homes.
Text 4
Bengali
दुइभाइ विषय़-त्यागेर उपाय़ सृजिल ।
वहुधन दिय़ा दुइ व्राह्मणे वरिल ॥ ४ ॥
Verse text
dui-bhāi viṣaya-tyāgera upāya sṛjila
bahu-dhana diyā dui brāhmaṇe varila
Synonyms
dui-bhāi — the two brothers; viṣaya-tyāgera — of giving up material activities; upāya sṛjila — discovered a means; bahu-dhana — much money; diyā — paying; dui brāhmaṇe — two brāhmaṇas; varila — appointed.
Translation
The two brothers devised a means whereby they could give up their material activities. For this purpose, they appointed two brāhmaṇas and paid them a large amount of money.
Text 5
Bengali
कृष्णमन्त्रे कराइल दुइ पुरश्चरण ।
अचिरात् पाइवारे चैतन्य-चरण ॥ ५ ॥
Verse text
kṛṣṇa-mantre karāila dui puraścaraṇa
acirāt pāibāre caitanya-caraṇa
Synonyms
kṛṣṇa-mantre — in the holy mantra Hare Kṛṣṇa; karāila — caused to perform; dui — two; puraścaraṇa — religious ceremonies; acirāt — without delay; pāibāre — to get; caitanya-caraṇa — the shelter of the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
Translation
The brāhmaṇas performed religious ceremonies and chanted the holy name of Kṛṣṇa so that the two brothers might attain shelter at the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu very soon.
Purport
A puraścaraṇa is a ritualistic ceremony performed under the guidance of an expert spiritual master or a brāhmaṇa. It is performed for the fulfillment of certain desires. One rises early in the morning, chants the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra, performs arcana by the ārati ceremony and worships the Deities. These activities are described in Madhya-līlā, fifteenth chapter, verse 108.
Text 6
Bengali
श्रीरूप-गोसाञि तवे नौकाते भरिय़ा ।
आपनार घरे आइला वहुधन लञा ॥ ६ ॥
Verse text
śrī-rūpa-gosāñi tabe naukāte bhariyā
āpanāra ghare āilā bahu-dhana lañā
Synonyms
śrī-rūpa-gosāñi — Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī; tabe — thereafter; naukāte bhariyā — filling boats; āpanāra ghare — to his own house; āilā — returned; bahu-dhana lañā — taking large amounts of riches.
Translation
At this time, Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī returned home, taking with him large quantities of riches loaded in boats.
Text 7
Bengali
व्राह्मण-वैष्णवे दिला तार अर्ध-धने ।
एक चौठि धन दिला कुटुम्व-भरणे ॥ ७ ॥
Verse text
brāhmaṇa-vaiṣṇave dilā tāra ardha-dhane
eka cauṭhi dhana dilā kuṭumba-bharaṇe
Synonyms
brāhmaṇa-vaiṣṇave — to the brāhmaṇas and Vaiṣṇavas; dilā — gave as charity; tāra — of the riches; ardha-dhane — fifty percent; eka cauṭhi dhana — one-fourth of the riches; dilā — gave; kuṭumba-bharaṇe — to satisfy the relatives.
Translation
Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī divided the wealth that he brought back home. He gave fifty percent in charity to brāhmaṇas and Vaiṣṇavas and twenty-five percent to his relatives.
Purport
This is a practical example of how one should divide his money and retire from household life. Fifty percent of one’s money should be distributed to qualified and pure devotees of the Lord. Twenty-five percent may be given to family members, and twenty-five percent may be kept for personal use in case of emergency.
Text 8
Bengali
दण्डवन्ध लागि’ चौठि सञ्चय़ करिला ।
भाल-भाल विप्र-स्थाने स्थाप्य राखिला ॥ ८ ॥
Verse text
daṇḍa-bandha lāgi’ cauṭhi sañcaya karilā
bhāla-bhāla vipra-sthāne sthāpya rākhilā
Synonyms
daṇḍa-bandha lāgi’ — in case of legal implications; cauṭhi — one-fourth; sañcaya karilā — he collected; bhāla-bhāla — very respectable; vipra-sthāne — in the custody of a brāhmaṇa; sthāpya rākhilā — kept deposited.
Translation
He kept one-fourth of his wealth with a respectable brāhmaṇa. He kept this for his personal safety because he was expecting some legal complications.
Text 9
Bengali
गौड़े राखिल मुद्रा दश-हाजारे ।
सनातन व्यय़ करे, राखे मुदि-घरे ॥ ९ ॥
Verse text
gauḍe rākhila mudrā daśa-hājāre
sanātana vyaya kare, rākhe mudi-ghare
Synonyms
gauḍe — in Bengal; rākhila — kept; mudrā — coins; daśa-hājāre — ten thousand; sanātana — his elder brother; vyaya kare — spent; rākhe — deposited; mudi-ghare — in the place of a local grocer.
Translation
He deposited ten thousand coins, which were later spent by Śrī Sanātana Gosvāmī, in the custody of a local Bengali grocer.
Text 10
Bengali
श्रीरूप शुनिल प्रभुर नीलाद्रि-गमन ।
वनपथे यावेन प्रभु श्रीवृन्दावन ॥ १० ॥
Verse text
śrī-rūpa śunila prabhura nīlādri-gamana
vana-pathe yābena prabhu śrī-vṛndāvana
Synonyms
śrī-rūpa — Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī; śunila — heard; prabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; nīlādri-gamana — departure for Jagannātha Purī; vana-pathe — on the path through the forest; yābena — will go; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; śrī-vṛndāvana — to Vṛndāvana.
Translation
Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī heard that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu had returned to Jagannātha Purī and was preparing to go to Vṛndāvana through the forest.
Text 11
Bengali
रूप-गोसाञि नीलाचले पाठाइल दुइजन ।
प्रभु यवे वृन्दावन करेन गमन ॥ ११ ॥
Verse text
rūpa-gosāñi nīlācale pāṭhāila dui-jana
prabhu yabe vṛndāvana karena gamana
Synonyms
rūpa-gosāñi — Rūpa Gosvāmī; nīlācale — to Jagannātha Purī; pāṭhāila — sent; dui-jana — two persons; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; yabe — when; vṛndāvana — to Vṛndāvana; karena — makes; gamana — departure.
Translation
Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī sent two people to Jagannātha Purī to find out when Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu would depart for Vṛndāvana.
Text 12
Bengali
शीघ्र आसि’ मोरे ताँर दिवा समाचार ।
शुनिय़ा तदनुरूप करिव व्यवहार ॥ १२ ॥
Verse text
śīghra āsi’ more tāṅra dibā samācāra
śuniyā tad-anurūpa kariba vyavahāra
Synonyms
śīghra āsi’ — very hastily returning; more — unto me; tāṅra — His; dibā — give; samācāra — news; śuniyā — hearing; tat-anurūpa — accordingly; kariba — I shall make; vyavahāra — arrangements.
Translation
Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī told the two men, “You are to return quickly and let me know when He will depart. Then I shall make the proper arrangements.”
Text 13
Bengali
एथा सनातन-गोसाञि भावे मने मन ।
राजा मोरे प्रीति करे, से — मोर वन्धन ॥ १३ ॥
Verse text
ethā sanātana-gosāñi bhāve mane mana
rājā more prīti kare, se — mora bandhana
Synonyms
ethā — here (in Gauḍa-deśa); sanātana-gosāñi — the elder brother, Sanātana Gosvāmī; bhāve — considers; mane mana — in the mind; rājā — the Nawab; more — me; prīti kare — loves very much; se — that; mora — my; bandhana — great obligation.
Translation
While Sanātana Gosvāmī was in Gauḍa-deśa, he was thinking, “The Nawab is very pleased with me. I certainly have an obligation.
Text 14
Bengali
कोन मते राजा यदि मोरे क्रुद्ध हय़ ।
तवे अव्याहति हय़, करिलुँ निश्चय़ ॥ १४ ॥
Verse text
kona mate rājā yadi more kruddha haya
tabe avyāhati haya, kariluṅ niścaya
Synonyms
kona mate — somehow or other; rājā — the Nawab; yadi — if; more — upon me; kruddha haya — becomes angry; tabe — then; avyāhati — escape; haya — there is; kariluṅ niścaya — I have decided.
Translation
“If the Nawab somehow or other becomes angry with me, I shall be greatly relieved. That is my conclusion.”
Text 15
Bengali
अस्वास्थ्येर छद्म करि’ रहे निज-घरे ।
राजकार्य छाड़िला, ना याय़ राजद्वारे ॥ १५ ॥
Verse text
asvāsthyera chadma kari’ rahe nija-ghare
rāja-kārya chāḍilā, nā yāya rāja-dvāre
Synonyms
asvāsthyera — of not being well; chadma — pretext; kari’ — making; rahe — remains; nija-ghare — at home; rāja-kārya — government service; chāḍilā — relinquished; nā yāya — did not go; rāja-dvāre — to the court of the Nawab.
Translation
On the pretext of bad health, Sanātana Gosvāmī remained home. Thus he gave up government service and did not go to the royal court.
Text 16
Bengali
लोभी काय़स्थगण राजकार्य करे ।
आपने स्वगृहे करे शास्त्रेर विचारे ॥ १६ ॥
Verse text
lobhī kāyastha-gaṇa rāja-kārya kare
āpane svagṛhe kare śāstrera vicāre
Synonyms
lobhī — greedy; kāyastha-gaṇa — persons engaged in secretarial and clerical work; rāja-kārya kare — executed the government service; āpane — personally; sva-gṛhe — at home; kare — did; śāstrera vicāre — discussion of the revealed scriptures.
Translation
The greedy masters of his clerical and secretarial staff performed the government duties while Sanātana personally remained home and discussed the revealed scriptures.
Purport
Sanātana Gosvāmī was the minister in charge of the government secretariat, and his assistants — the undersecretaries and clerks — all belonged to the kāyastha community. Formerly the kāyasthas belonged to the clerical and secretarial staff of the government, and later if one served in such a post, he was called a kāyastha. Eventually if a person could not identify himself as a brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya or śūdra, he used to introduce himself as a kāyastha to get a wealthy and honorable position. In Bengal it is said that if one cannot give the identity of his caste, he calls himself a kāyastha. On the whole, the kāyastha community is a mixture of all castes, and it especially includes those engaged in clerical or secretarial work. Materially such people are always busy occupying responsible government posts.
When Sanātana Gosvāmī was relaxing and feeling inclined to retire from government service, many kāyasthas on his secretarial staff were very eager to occupy his post. In this regard, Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura states that when Sanātana Gosvāmī was a government minister and the kāyasthas who assisted him saw that he was reluctant to continue, they became very expert in their duties. Sanātana Gosvāmī was a brāhmaṇa belonging to the Sārasvata brāhmaṇa community. It is said that when he resigned, a subordinate named Purandara Khān, who was a kāyastha, occupied his post.
Text 17
Bengali
भट्टाचार्य पण्डित विश त्रिश लञा ।
भागवत विचार करेन सभाते वसिय़ा ॥ १७ ॥
Verse text
bhaṭṭācārya paṇḍita biśa triśa lañā
bhāgavata vicāra karena sabhāte vasiyā
Synonyms
bhaṭṭācārya paṇḍita — learned scholars known as bhaṭṭācāryas; biśa triśa — twenty or thirty; lañā — taking with him; bhāgavata vicāra — discussion of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; karena — does; sabhāte vasiyā — sitting in an assembly.
Translation
Śrī Sanātana Gosvāmī used to discuss Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam in an assembly of twenty or thirty learned brāhmaṇa scholars.
Purport
Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura gives the following commentary on the words bhāgavata vicāra. As confirmed in the Muṇḍaka Upaniṣad (1.1.4-5), there are two kinds of educational systems:
dve vidye veditavya iti, ha sma yad brahma-vido vadanti — parā caivāparā ca. tatrāparā ṛg-vedo yajur-vedaḥ sāma-vedo ’tharva-vedaḥ śikṣā kalpo vyākaraṇaṁ niruktaṁ chando jyotiṣam iti. atha parā yayā tad akṣaram adhigamyate.
“There are two kinds of educational systems. One deals with transcendental knowledge [parā vidyā] and the other with material knowledge [aparā vidyā]. All the Vedas — the Ṛg Veda, Yajur Veda, Sāma Veda and Atharva Veda, along with their corollaries, known as śikṣā, kalpa, vyākaraṇa, nirukta, chanda and jyotiṣa — belong to the inferior system of material knowledge [aparā vidyā]. By parā vidyā one can understand the akṣara — Brahman or the Absolute Truth.” As far as the Vedic literature is concerned, the Vedānta-sūtra is accepted as the parā vidyā. Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is an explanation of that parā vidyā. Those who aspire for liberation (mukti or mokṣa) and introduce themselves as vaidāntika are also equal to those groups aspiring to improve religion (dharma), economic development (artha) and sense gratification (kāma). Dharma, artha, kāma and mokṣa are called catur-varga. They are all within the system of inferior, material knowledge. Any literature giving information about the spiritual world, spiritual life, spiritual identity and the spirit soul is called parā vidyā. Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam does not have anything to do with the materialistic way of life; it gives transcendental information to educate people in the superior system of parā vidyā. Sanātana Gosvāmī was engaged in discussing the bhāgavata-vidyā, which means he discussed transcendental superior knowledge. Those who are karmīs, jñānīs or yogīs are not actually fit to discuss Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. Only Vaiṣṇavas, or pure devotees, are fit to discuss that literature. As stated in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam itself (12.13.18):
*śrīmad-bhāgavataṁ purāṇam amalaṁ yad vaiṣṇavānāṁ priyaṁ *
*yasmin pāramahaṁsyam ekam amalaṁ jñānaṁ paraṁ gīyate
yatra jñāna-virāga-bhakti-sahitaṁ naiṣkarmyam āviṣkṛtaṁ *
tac chṛṇvan supaṭhan vicāraṇa-paro bhaktyā vimucyen naraḥ
Although Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is counted among the Purāṇas, it is called the spotless Purāṇa. Because it does not discuss anything material, it is liked by transcendental Vaiṣṇava devotees. The subject matter found in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is meant for paramahaṁsas. As it is said, paramo nirmatsarāṇāṁ satāṁ vedyam. A paramahaṁsa is one who does not live in the material world and who does not envy others. In Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, devotional service is discussed to arouse the living entity to the transcendental position of jñāna (knowledge) and vairāgya (renunciation). As stated in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.2.12):
tac chraddadhānāḥ munayo jñāna-vairāgya-yuktayā
paśyanty ātmani cātmānaṁ bhaktyā śruta-gṛhītayā
“The seriously inquisitive student or sage, well equipped with knowledge and detachment, realizes that Absolute Truth by rendering devotional service in terms of what he has heard from the Vedānta-śruti.”
This is not sentiment. Knowledge and renunciation can be obtained through devotional service (bhaktyā śruta-gṛhītayā), that is, by arousing one’s dormant devotional consciousness, Kṛṣṇa consciousness. When Kṛṣṇa consciousness is aroused, it relieves one from fruitive activity, activity for economic improvement and material enjoyment. This relief is technically called naiṣkarmya, and when one is relieved, he is no longer interested in working hard for sense gratification. Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam is Śrīla Vyāsadeva’s last, mature contribution, and one should read and hear it in an assembly of realized souls while engaging in devotional service. At such a time one can be liberated from all material bondage. This was the course taken by Sanātana Gosvāmī, who retired from government service to study Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam with learned scholars.
Text 18
Bengali
आर दिन गौड़ेश्वर, सङ्गे एकजन ।
आचम्विते गोसाञि-सभाते कैल आगमन ॥ १८ ॥
Verse text
āra dina gauḍeśvara, saṅge eka-jana
ācambite gosāñi-sabhāte kaila āgamana
Synonyms
āra dina — one day; gauḍa-īśvara — the Nawab of Bengal; saṅge — with; eka-jana — one other person; ācambite — suddenly; gosāñi-sabhāte — in the assembly of Sanātana Gosvāmī; kaila āgamana — came.
Translation
While Sanātana Gosvāmī was studying Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam in the assembly of learned brāhmaṇas, one day the Nawab of Bengal and another person suddenly appeared.
Purport
The full name of the Nawab of Bengal (Hussain Shah) was Ālāuddīna Saiyada Husena Sāha Seripha Makkā, and he ruled Bengal for twenty-three years, from 1420 to 1443 Śakābda Era (A.D. 1498 to 1521). Sanātana Gosvāmī was studying Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam with the scholars in the year 1424 (A.D. 1502).
Text 19
Bengali
पात्साह देखिय़ा सवे सम्भ्रमे उठिला ।
सम्भ्रमे आसन दिय़ा राजारे वसाइला ॥ १९ ॥
Verse text
pātsāha dekhiyā sabe sambhrame uṭhilā
sambhrame āsana diyā rājāre vasāilā
Synonyms
pātsāha dekhiyā — seeing the Nawab; sabe — all of them; sambhrame — in great respect; uṭhilā — stood up; sambhrame — with great respect; āsana diyā — giving a sitting place; rājāre — the King; vasāilā — made to sit.
Translation
As soon as all the brāhmaṇas and Sanātana Gosvāmī saw the Nawab appear, they all stood up and respectfully gave him a sitting place to honor him.
Purport
Although Nawab Hussain Shah was a mleccha-yavana, he was nonetheless the governor of the country, and the learned scholars and Sanātana Gosvāmī offered him all the respect due a king or a governor. When a person occupies an exalted executive post, one should consider that he has acquired the grace of the Lord. In the Bhagavad-gītā (10.41) Lord Kṛṣṇa says:
yad yad vibhūtimat sattvaṁ śrīmad ūrjitam eva vā
tat tad evāvagaccha tvaṁ mama tejo-’ṁśa-sambhavam
“Know that all opulent, beautiful and glorious creations spring from but a spark of My splendor.”
Whenever we see something exalted, we must consider it part of the power of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. A powerful man (vibhūtimat sattvam) is one who has obtained the grace of the Lord or has derived some power from Him. In the Bhagavad-gītā (7.10) Kṛṣṇa says, tejas tejasvinām aham: “I am the power of the powerful.” The learned brāhmaṇa scholars showed respect to Nawab Hussain Shah because he represented a fraction of Kṛṣṇa’s power.
Text 20
Bengali
राजा कहे, — तोमार स्थाने वैद्य पाठाइलुँ ।
वैद्य कहे, — व्याधि नाहि, सुस्थ ये देखिलुँ ॥ २० ॥
Verse text
rājā kahe, — tomāra sthāne vaidya pāṭhāiluṅ
vaidya kahe, — vyādhi nāhi, sustha ye dekhiluṅ
Synonyms
rājā kahe — the Nawab said; tomāra sthāne — to your place; vaidya — a physician; pāṭhāiluṅ — I sent; vaidya kahe — the physician said; vyādhi nāhi — there is no disease; sustha — completely healthy; ye — that; dekhiluṅ — I have seen.
Translation
The Nawab said, “I sent my physician to you, and he has reported that you are not diseased. As far as he could see, you are completely healthy.
Text 21
Bengali
आमार ये किछु कार्य, सव तोमा लञा ।
कार्य छाड़ि’ रहिला तुमि घरेते वसिय़ा ॥ २१ ॥
Verse text
āmāra ye kichu kārya, saba tomā lañā
kārya chāḍi’ rahilā tumi gharete vasiyā
Synonyms
āmāra — my; ye kichu — whatever; kārya — business; saba — everything; tomā — you; lañā — with; kārya chāḍi’ — giving up your duties; rahilā — remained; tumi — you; gharete — at home; vasiyā — sitting.
Translation
“I am depending on you to carry out so many of my activities, but you have given up your governmental duties to sit here at home.
Text 22
Bengali
मोर यत कार्य-काम, सव कैला नाश ।
कि तोमार हृदय़े आछे, कह मोर पाश ॥ २२ ॥
Verse text
mora yata kārya-kāma, saba kailā nāśa
ki tomāra hṛdaye āche, kaha mora pāśa
Synonyms
mora — my; yata — all; kārya-kāma — occupational duties; saba — everything; kailā nāśa — you have spoiled; ki — what; tomāra — your; hṛdaye — within the heart; āche — there is; kaha — kindly tell; mora pāśa — to me.
Translation
“You have spoiled all my activities. What is your intention? Please tell me frankly.”
Text 23
Bengali
सनातन कहे — नहे आमा हैते काम ।
आर एकजन दिय़ा कर समाधान ॥ २३ ॥
Verse text
sanātana kahe, — nahe āmā haite kāma
āra eka-jana diyā kara samādhāna
Synonyms
sanātana kahe — Sanātana Gosvāmī replied; nahe — not; āmā — me; haite — from; kāma — execution of the duty; āra eka-jana — someone else; diyā — by means of; kara samādhāna — execute the management.
Translation
Sanātana Gosvāmī replied, “You can no longer expect any service from me. Please arrange for someone else to tend to the management.”
Text 24
Bengali
तवे क्रुद्ध हञा राजा कहे आरवार ।
तोमार ‘वड़ भाइ’ करे दस्युव्यवहार ॥ २४ ॥
Verse text
tabe kruddha hañā rājā kahe āra-bāra
tomāra ‘baḍa bhāi’ kare dasyu-vyavahāra
Synonyms
tabe — at that time; kruddha hañā — becoming angry; rājā kahe — the Nawab said; āra-bāra — again; tomāra baḍa bhāi — your elder brother; kare — does; dasyu-vyavahāra — the activity of a plunderer.
Translation
Becoming angry with Sanātana Gosvāmī, the Nawab said, “Your elder brother is acting just like a plunderer.
Text 25
Bengali
जीव-वहु मारि’ कैल चाक्ला सव नाश ।
एथा तुमि कैला मोर सर्व कार्य नाश ॥ २५ ॥
Verse text
jīva-bahu māri’ kaila cāklā saba nāśa
ethā tumi kailā mora sarva kārya nāśa
Synonyms
jīva — living entities; bahu — many; māri’ — killing; kaila — did; cāklā — the province of Bengal; saba — all; nāśa — destruction; ethā — here; tumi — you; kailā — did; mora — my; sarva — all; kārya — plans; nāśa — destruction.
Translation
“By killing many living entities, your elder brother has destroyed all Bengal. Now here you are destroying all my plans.”
Text 26
Bengali
सनातन कहे, — तुमि स्वतन्त्र गौड़ेश्वर ।
ये येइ दोष करे, देह’ तार फल ॥ २६ ॥
Verse text
sanātana kahe, — tumi svatantra gauḍeśvara
ye yei doṣa kare, deha’ tāra phala
Synonyms
sanātana kahe — Sanātana Gosvāmī said; tumi — you; svatantra — independent; gauḍa-īśvara — the ruler of Bengal; ye yei — whatever; doṣa — faults; kare — one commits; deha’ — you award; tāra phala — the results of that.
Translation
Sanātana Gosvāmī said, “You are the supreme ruler of Bengal and are completely independent. Whenever someone commits a fault, you punish him accordingly.”
Text 27
Bengali
एत शुनि’ गौड़ेश्वर उठि’ घरे गेला ।
पलाइव वलि’ सनातनेरे वान्धिला ॥ २७ ॥
Verse text
eta śuni’ gauḍeśvara uṭhi’ ghare gelā
palāiba bali’ sanātanere bāndhilā
Synonyms
eta śuni’ — hearing this; gauḍa-īśvara — the Nawab of Bengal; uṭhi’ — standing up; ghare gelā — went back home; palāiba — I shall run away; bali’ — because of this; sanātanere bāndhilā — he arrested Sanātana.
Translation
Hearing this, the Nawab of Bengal stood up and returned to his home. He ordered the arrest of Sanātana Gosvāmī so that he would not be able to leave.
Purport
It is said that the relationship between the Nawab of Bengal and Sanātana Gosvāmī was very intimate. The Nawab used to consider Sanātana Gosvāmī his younger brother, and when Sanātana Gosvāmī showed a very strong intention to resign, the Nawab, feeling familial affection, essentially said, “I am your elder brother, but I do not look after the state management. My only business is attacking other states with my soldiers and fighting everywhere as a plunderer. Because I am a meat-eater [yavana], I am used to hunting all kinds of living beings. In this way I am destroying all kinds of living entities in Bengal. While engaged in this destructive business, I am hoping that you will tend to the administration of the state. Since I, your elder brother, am engaged in such a destructive business, you, being my younger brother, should look after the state management. If you do not, how will things continue?” This talk was based on a family relationship, and Sanātana Gosvāmī also replied in an intimate and joking way. Essentially he told the Nawab, “My dear brother, you are the independent ruler of Bengal. You can act in whatever way you like, and if someone commits a fault, you can punish him accordingly.” In other words, Sanātana Gosvāmī was saying that since the Nawab was accustomed to acting like a plunderer, he should go ahead and take action. Since Sanātana was not showing much enthusiasm for performing his duty, the Nawab should dismiss him from his service. The Nawab could understand the intention of Sanātana Gosvāmī’s statement. He therefore left in an angry mood and ordered Sanātana Gosvāmī’s arrest.
Text 28
Bengali
हेनकाले गेल राजा उड़िय़ा मारिते ।
सनातने कहे, — तुमि चल मोर साथे ॥ २८ ॥
Verse text
hena-kāle gela rājā uḍiyā mārite
sanātane kahe, — tumi cala mora sāthe
Synonyms
hena-kāle — at this time; gela — went; rājā — the King; uḍiyā mārite — to attack the Orissa province; sanātane kahe — he said to Sanātana Gosvāmī; tumi cala — you come; mora sāthe — along with me.
Translation
At this time the Nawab was going to attack the province of Orissa, and he told Sanātana Gosvāmī, “Come along with me.”
Purport
Hussain Shah attacked the neighboring province of Orissa in 1424 Śakābda Era (A.D. 1502). At that time he conquered the feudal princes there.
Text 29
Bengali
तेँहो कहे, — यावे तुमि देवताय़ दुःख दिते ।
मोर शक्ति नाहि, तोमार सङ्गे याइते ॥ २९ ॥
Verse text
teṅho kahe, — yābe tumi devatāya duḥkha dite
mora śakti nāhi, tomāra saṅge yāite
Synonyms
teṅho kahe — Sanātana Gosvāmī replied; yābe — will go; tumi — you; devatāya — to the Supreme Personality of Godhead; duḥkha dite — to give unhappiness; mora śakti — my power; nāhi — there is not; tomāra saṅge — in company with you; yāite — to go.
Translation
Sanātana Gosvāmī replied, “You are going to Orissa to give pain to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. For this reason I am powerless to go with you.”
Text 30
Bengali
तवे ताँरे वान्धि’ राखि’ करिला गमन ।
एथा नीलाचल हैते प्रभु चलिला वृन्दावन ॥ ३० ॥
Verse text
tabe tāṅre bāndhi’ rākhi’ karilā gamana
ethā nīlācala haite prabhu calilā vṛndāvana
Synonyms
tabe — thereafter; tāṅre — him; bāndhi’ — arresting; rākhi’ — keeping; karilā gamana — he went away; ethā — at this time; nīlācala haite — from Jagannātha Purī; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; calilā vṛndāvana — departed for Vṛndāvana.
Translation
The Nawab again arrested Sanātana Gosvāmī and kept him in prison. At this time, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu departed for Vṛndāvana from Jagannātha Purī.
Text 31
Bengali
तवे सेइ दुइ चर रूप-ठाञि आइल ।
‘वृन्दावन चलिला प्रभु’ — आसिय़ा कहिल ॥ ३१ ॥
Verse text
tabe sei dui cara rūpa-ṭhāñi āila
‘vṛndāvana calilā prabhu’ — āsiyā kahila
Synonyms
tabe — at that time; sei — those; dui — two; cara — messengers; rūpa-ṭhāñi — into the presence of Rūpa Gosvāmī; āila — came back; vṛndāvana calilā prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu has departed for Vṛndāvana; āsiyā — coming; kahila — they informed.
Translation
The two persons who went to Jagannātha Purī to inquire about the Lord’s departure returned and informed Rūpa Gosvāmī that the Lord had already departed for Vṛndāvana.
Text 32
Bengali
शुनिय़ा श्रीरूप लिखिल सनातन-ठाञि ।
‘वृन्दावन चलिला श्रीचैतन्य-गोसाञि ॥ ३२ ॥
Verse text
śuniyā śrī-rūpa likhila sanātana-ṭhāñi
‘vṛndāvana calilā śrī-caitanya-gosāñi
Synonyms
śuniyā — hearing; śrī-rūpa — Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī; likhila — wrote; sanātana-ṭhāñi — to Sanātana Gosvāmī; vṛndāvana — to Vṛndāvana; calilā — has gone; śrī-caitanya-gosāñi — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
Translation
Upon receiving this message from his two messengers, Rūpa Gosvāmī immediately wrote a letter to Sanātana Gosvāmī saying that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu had departed for Vṛndāvana.
Text 33
Bengali
आमि-दुइभाइ चलिलाङ ताँहारे मिलिते ।
तुमि यैछे तैछे छुटि’ आइस ताहाँ हैते ॥ ३३ ॥
Verse text
āmi-dui-bhāi calilāṅa tāṅhāre milite
tumi yaiche taiche chuṭi’ āisa tāhāṅ haite
Synonyms
āmi-dui-bhāi — we two brothers; calilāṅa — have gone; tāṅhāre milite — to meet Him; tumi — you; yaiche taiche — somehow or other; chuṭi’ — getting free; āisa — come; tāhāṅ haite — from there.
Translation
In his letter to Sanātana Gosvāmī, Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī wrote, “We two brothers are starting out to go see Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. You must also somehow or other get released and come meet us.”
Purport
The two brothers herein mentioned are Rūpa Gosvāmī and his younger brother, Anupama Mallika. Rūpa Gosvāmī was informing Sanātana Gosvāmī that he should join him and his younger brother.
Text 34
Bengali
दशसहस्र मुद्रा तथा आछे मुदि-स्थाने ।
ताहा दिय़ा कर शीघ्र आत्म-विमोचने ॥ ३४ ॥
Verse text
daśa-sahasra mudrā tathā āche mudi-sthāne
tāhā diyā kara śīghra ātma-vimocane
Synonyms
daśa-sahasra mudrā — ten thousand coins; tathā — there; āche — there are; mudi-sthāne — in the grocer’s place; tāhā diyā — with this amount; kara — get; śīghra — as soon as possible; ātma-vimocane — release from the internment.
Translation
Rūpa Gosvāmī further informed Śrīla Sanātana Gosvāmī: “I have left a deposit of ten thousand coins with the grocer. Use that money to get out of prison.
Text 35
Bengali
यैछे तैछे छुटि’ तुमि आइस वृन्दावन ।’
एत लिखि’ दुइभाइ करिला गमन ॥ ३५ ॥
Verse text
yaiche taiche chuṭi’ tumi āisa vṛndāvana’
eta likhi’ dui-bhāi karilā gamana
Synonyms
yaiche taiche — somehow or other; chuṭi’ — getting released; tumi — you; āisa — come; vṛndāvana — to Vṛndāvana; eta likhi’ — writing this; dui-bhāi — the two brothers, namely Rūpa Gosvāmī and his younger brother, Anupama; karilā gamana — departed.
Translation
“Somehow or other get yourself released and come to Vṛndāvana.” After writing this, the two brothers [Rūpa Gosvāmī and Anupama] went to see Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
Text 36
Bengali
अनुपम मल्लिक, ताँर नाम — ‘श्रीवल्लभ’ ।
रूप-गोसाञिर छोटभाइ — परम-वैष्णव ॥ ३६ ॥
Verse text
anupama mallika, tāṅra nāma — ‘śrī-vallabha’
rūpa-gosāñira choṭa-bhāi — parama-vaiṣṇava
Synonyms
anupama mallika — Anupama Mallika; tāṅra nāma — his name; śrī-vallabha — Śrī Vallabha; rūpa-gosāñira — of Rūpa Gosvāmī; choṭa-bhāi — younger brother; parama-vaiṣṇava — great devotee.
Translation
Rūpa Gosvāmī’s younger brother was a great devotee whose actual name was Śrī Vallabha, but he was given the name Anupama Mallika.
Text 37
Bengali
ताँहा लञा रूप-गोसाञि प्रय़ागे आइला ।
महाप्रभु ताहाँ शुनि’ आनन्दित हैला ॥ ३७ ॥
Verse text
tāṅhā lañā rūpa-gosāñi prayāge āilā
mahāprabhu tāhāṅ śuni’ ānandita hailā
Synonyms
tāṅhā lañā — taking him along; rūpa-gosāñi — Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī; prayāge — to Prayāga; āilā — came; mahāprabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tāhāṅ — there; śuni’ — hearing; ānandita hailā — were very pleased.
Translation
Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī and Anupama Mallika went to Prayāga, and they were very pleased to hear the news that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was there.
Text 38
Bengali
प्रभु चलिय़ाछेन विन्दुमाधव-दरशने ।
लक्ष लक्ष लोक आइसे प्रभुर मिलने ॥ ३८ ॥
Verse text
prabhu caliyāchena bindu-mādhava-daraśane
lakṣa lakṣa loka āise prabhura milane
Synonyms
prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; caliyāchena — was going; bindu-mādhava-daraśane — to see Lord Bindu Mādhava; lakṣa lakṣa loka — many hundreds of thousands of people; āise — came; prabhura — with Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; milane — for meeting.
Translation
At Prayāga, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu went to see the temple of Bindu Mādhava, and many hundreds of thousands of people followed Him just to meet Him.
Text 39
Bengali
केह कान्दे, केह हासे, केह नाचे, गाय़ ।
‘कृष्ण’ ‘कृष्ण’ वलि’ केह गड़ागड़ि याय़ ॥ ३९ ॥
Verse text
keha kānde, keha hāse, keha nāce, gāya
‘kṛṣṇa’ ‘kṛṣṇa’ bali’ keha gaḍāgaḍi yāya
Synonyms
keha kānde — some cried; keha hāse — some laughed; keha nāce — some danced; gāya — chanted; kṛṣṇa kṛṣṇa bali’ — saying “Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa”; keha — some; gaḍāgaḍi yāya — rolled on the ground.
Translation
Some of the people following the Lord were crying. Some were laughing, some dancing and some chanting. Indeed, some of them were rolling on the ground, exclaiming “Kṛṣṇa! Kṛṣṇa!”
Text 40
Bengali
गङ्गा-यमुना प्रय़ाग नारिल डुवाइते ।
प्रभु डुवाइल कृष्णप्रेमेर वन्याते ॥ ४० ॥
Verse text
gaṅgā-yamunā prayāga nārila ḍubāite
prabhu ḍubāila kṛṣṇa-premera vanyāte
Synonyms
gaṅgā-yamunā — the river Ganges and river Yamunā; prayāga — Prayāga; nārila — were not able; ḍubāite — to flood; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; ḍubāila — flooded; kṛṣṇa-premera — of ecstatic love of Kṛṣṇa; vanyāte — in an inundation.
Translation
Prayāga is located at the confluence of two rivers — the Ganges and the Yamunā. Although these rivers were not able to flood Prayāga with water, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu inundated the whole area with waves of ecstatic love for Kṛṣṇa.
Text 41
Bengali
भिड़ देखि’ दुइ भाइ रहिला निर्जने ।
प्रभुर आवेश हैल माधव-दरशने ॥ ४१ ॥
Verse text
bhiḍa dekhi’ dui bhāi rahilā nirjane
prabhura āveśa haila mādhava-daraśane
Synonyms
bhiḍa dekhi’ — seeing the crowd; dui bhāi — the two brothers; rahilā — remained; nirjane — in a secluded place; prabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; āveśa — ecstasy; haila — there was; mādhava-daraśane — by seeing the Deity, Bindu Mādhava.
Translation
Seeing the great crowd, the two brothers remained standing in a secluded place. They could see that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was ecstatic to see Lord Bindu Mādhava.
Text 42
Bengali
प्रेमावेशे नाचे प्रभु हरिध्वनि करि’ ।
ऊर्ध्ववाहु करि’ वले — वल ‘हरि’ ‘हरि’ ॥ ४२ ॥
Verse text
premāveśe nāce prabhu hari-dhvani kari’
ūrdhva-bāhu kari’ bale — bala ‘hari’ ‘hari’
Synonyms
prema-āveśe — in ecstatic love; nāce — danced; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; hari-dhvani kari’ — vibrating the holy name of Hari; ūrdhva — raised; bāhu — the arms; kari’ — making; bale — says; bala hari hari — chant “Hari, Hari”.
Translation
The Lord was loudly chanting the holy name of Hari. Dancing in ecstatic love and raising His arms, He asked everyone to chant “Hari! Hari!”
Text 43
Bengali
प्रभुर महिमा देखि’ लोके चमत्कार ।
प्रय़ागे प्रभुर लीला नारि वर्णिवार ॥ ४३ ॥
Verse text
prabhura mahimā dekhi’ loke camatkāra
prayāge prabhura līlā nāri varṇibāra
Synonyms
prabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; mahimā — the greatness; dekhi’ — seeing; loke — in all people; camatkāra — astonishment; prayāge — at Prayāga; prabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; līlā — the pastimes; nāri — I am not able; varṇibāra — to describe.
Translation
Everyone was astounded to see the greatness of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Indeed, I cannot properly describe the pastimes of the Lord at Prayāga.
Text 44
Bengali
दाक्षिणात्य-विप्र-सने आछे परिचय़ ।
सेइ विप्र निमन्त्रिय़ा निल निजालय़ ॥ ४४ ॥
Verse text
dākṣiṇātya-vipra-sane āche paricaya
sei vipra nimantriyā nila nijālaya
Synonyms
dākṣiṇātya — Deccan; vipra-sane — with a brāhmaṇa; āche — there was; paricaya — acquaintance; sei — that; vipra — brāhmaṇa; nimantriyā — inviting; nila — brought; nija-ālaya — to his own place.
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu had made an acquaintance with a brāhmaṇa from Deccan [in South India], and that brāhmaṇa invited Him for meals and took Him to his place.
Text 45
Bengali
विप्र-गृहे आसि’ प्रभु निभृते वसिला ।
श्रीरूप-वल्लभ दुँहे आसिय़ा मिलिला ॥ ४५ ॥
Verse text
vipra-gṛhe āsi’ prabhu nibhṛte vasilā
śrī-rūpa-vallabha duṅhe āsiyā mililā
Synonyms
vipra-gṛhe — to the house of that brāhmaṇa; āsi’ — coming; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; nibhṛte — in a solitary place; vasilā — sat down; śrī-rūpa-vallabha — the two brothers Rūpa Gosvāmī and Śrī Vallabha; duṅhe — both of them; āsiyā — coming; mililā — met Him.
Translation
While Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was sitting in a solitary place in the home of that Deccan brāhmaṇa, Rūpa Gosvāmī and Śrī Vallabha [Anupama Mallika] came to meet Him.
Text 46
Bengali
दुइगुच्छ तृण दुँहे दशने धरिय़ा ।
प्रभु देखि’ दूरे पड़े दण्डवत् हञा ॥ ४६ ॥
Verse text
dui-guccha tṛṇa duṅhe daśane dhariyā
prabhu dekhi’ dūre paḍe daṇḍavat hañā
Synonyms
dui-guccha — two bunches; tṛṇa — straw; duṅhe — both of them; daśane dhariyā — holding in the teeth; prabhu dekhi’ — seeing the Lord; dūre — in a distant place; paḍe — fell down; daṇḍa-vat — like rods; hañā — becoming.
Translation
Seeing the Lord from a distance, the two brothers put two clumps of straw between their teeth and immediately fell down on the ground like rods, offering Him obeisances.
Text 47
Bengali
नाना श्लोक पड़ि’ उठे, पड़े वार वार ।
प्रभु देखि’ प्रेमावेश हइल दुँहार ॥ ४७ ॥
Verse text
nānā śloka paḍi’ uṭhe, paḍe bāra bāra
prabhu dekhi’ premāveśa ha-ila duṅhara
Synonyms
nānā — various; śloka — verses; paḍi’ — reciting; uṭhe — stood up; paḍe — fell down; bāra bāra — again and again; prabhu dekhi’ — seeing the Lord; prema-āveśa — ecstatic emotion; ha-ila — there was; duṅhāra — of both of them.
Translation
Both brothers were overwhelmed with ecstatic emotion, and reciting various Sanskrit verses, they stood up and fell down again and again.
Text 48
Bengali
श्रीरूपे देखिय़ा प्रभुर प्रसन्न हैल मन ।
‘उठ, उठ, रूप, आइस’, वलिला वचन ॥ ४८ ॥
Verse text
śrī-rūpe dekhiyā prabhura prasanna haila mana
‘uṭha, uṭha, rūpa, āisa’, balilā vacana
Synonyms
śrī-rūpe dekhiyā — seeing Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī; prabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; prasanna — very pleased; haila — was; mana — mind; uṭha — please stand up; uṭha — please stand up; rūpa — My dear Rūpa; āisa — come; balilā — He said; vacana — the words.
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was very pleased to see Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī, and He told him, “Stand up! Stand up! My dear Rūpa, come here.”
Text 49
Bengali
कृष्णेर करुणा किछु ना याय़ वर्णने ।
विषय़कूप हैते काड़िल तोमा दुइजने ॥ ४९ ॥
Verse text
kṛṣṇera karuṇā kichu nā yāya varṇane
viṣaya-kūpa haite kāḍila tomā dui-jane
Synonyms
kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa; karuṇā — the mercy; kichu — any; nā — not; yāya — is possible; varṇane — to describe; viṣaya-kūpa haite — from the well of material enjoyment; kāḍila — delivered; tomā — you; dui-jane — both.
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then said, “It is not possible to describe Kṛṣṇa’s mercy, for He has delivered you both from the well of material enjoyment.
Text 50
Bengali
न मेऽभक्तश्चतुर्वेदी मद्भक्तः श्वपचः प्रिय़ः ।
तस्मै देय़ं ततो ग्राह्यं स च पूज्यो यथा ह्यहम् ॥ ५० ॥
Verse text
na me ’bhaktaś catur-vedī
mad-bhaktaḥ śva-pacaḥ priyaḥ
tasmai deyaṁ tato grāhyaṁ
sa ca pūjyo yathā hy aham
Synonyms
na — not; me — My; abhaktaḥ — devoid of pure devotional service; catuḥ-vedī — a scholar in the four Vedas; mat-bhaktaḥ — My devotee; śva-pacaḥ — even from a family of dog-eaters; priyaḥ — very dear; tasmai — to him (a pure devotee, even though born in a very low family); deyam — should be given; tataḥ — from him; grāhyam — should be accepted (remnants of food); saḥ — that person; ca — also; pūjyaḥ — worshipable; yathā — as much as; hi — certainly; aham — I.
Translation
“[Lord Kṛṣṇa said:] ‘Even though a person is a very learned scholar of the Sanskrit Vedic literatures, he is not accepted as My devotee unless he is pure in devotional service. Even though a person is born in a family of dog-eaters, he is very dear to Me if he is a pure devotee who has no motive to enjoy fruitive activities or mental speculation. Indeed, all respects should be given to him, and whatever he offers should be accepted. Such devotees are as worshipable as I am.”’
Purport
This verse is included in the Hari-bhakti-vilāsa (10.127), compiled by Sanātana Gosvāmī.
Text 51
Bengali
एइ श्लोक पड़ि’ दुँहारे कैला आलिङ्गन ।
कृपाते दुँहार माथाय़ धरिला चरण ॥ ५१ ॥
Verse text
ei śloka paḍi’ duṅhāre kailā āliṅgana
kṛpāte duṅhāra māthāya dharilā caraṇa
Synonyms
ei śloka — this verse; paḍi’ — reciting; duṅhāre — the two brothers; kailā āliṅgana — embraced; kṛpāte — out of causeless mercy; duṅhāra — of the two of them; māthāya — on the heads; dharilā — placed; caraṇa — His feet.
Translation
After reciting this verse, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu embraced the two brothers, and out of His causeless mercy He placed His feet on their heads.
Text 52
Bengali
प्रभु-कृपा पाञा दुँहे दुइ हात युड़ि’ ।
दीन हञा स्तुति करे विनय़ आचरि’ ॥ ५२ ॥
Verse text
prabhu-kṛpā pāñā duṅhe dui hāta yuḍi’
dīna hañā stuti kare vinaya ācari’
Synonyms
prabhu-kṛpā — the Lord’s mercy; pāñā — getting; duṅhe — the two of them; dui — two; hāta — hands; yuḍi’ — folding; dīna hañā — most humbly; stuti kare — offer prayers; vinaya ācari’ — with submission.
Translation
After receiving the Lord’s causeless mercy, the two brothers folded their hands and in great humility offered the following prayers unto the Lord.
Text 53
Bengali
नमो महावदान्याय़ कृष्णप्रेमप्रदाय़ ते ।
कृष्णाय़ कृष्णचैतन्यनाम्ने गौरत्विषे नमः ॥ ५३ ॥
Verse text
namo mahā-vadānyāya
kṛṣṇa-prema-pradāya te
kṛṣṇāya kṛṣṇa-caitanya-
nāmne gaura-tviṣe namaḥ
Synonyms
namaḥ — obeisances; mahā-vadānyāya — who is most munificent and charitably disposed; kṛṣṇa-prema — love of Kṛṣṇa; pradāya — who can give; te — unto You; kṛṣṇāya — the original Personality of Godhead; kṛṣṇa-caitanya-nāmne — under the name Kṛṣṇa Caitanya; gaura-tviṣe — whose complexion is the golden complexion of Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī; namaḥ — obeisances.
Translation
“O most munificent incarnation! You are Kṛṣṇa Himself appearing as Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya Mahāprabhu. You have assumed the golden color of Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī, and You are widely distributing pure love of Kṛṣṇa. We offer our respectful obeisances unto You.
Text 54
Bengali
योऽज्ञानमत्तं भुवनं दय़ालुरुल्लाघय़न्नप्यकरोत् प्रमत्तम् ।
स्वप्रेमसम्पत्सुधय़ाद्भुतेहं श्रीकृष्णचैतन्यममुं प्रपद्ये ॥ ५४ ॥
Verse text
yo ’jñāna-mattaṁ bhuvanaṁ dayālur
ullāghayann apy akarot pramattam
sva-prema-sampat-sudhayādbhutehaṁ
śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanyam amuṁ prapadye
Synonyms
yaḥ — that Personality of Godhead who; ajñāna-mattam — maddened by ignorance or foolishly passing time in karma, jñāna, yoga and Māyāvāda philosophy; bhuvanam — the entire three worlds; dayāluḥ — so merciful; ullāghayan — subduing such processes as karma, jñāna and yoga; api — despite; akarot — made; pramattam — maddened; sva-prema-sampat-sudhayā — by the nectar of His personal devotional service, which is an invaluable treasure of bliss; adbhuta-īham — whose activities are wonderful; śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanyam — unto Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; amum — that; prapadye — I surrender.
Translation
“We offer our respectful obeisances unto that merciful Supreme Personality of Godhead who has converted all three worlds, which were maddened by ignorance, and saved them from their diseased condition by making them mad with the nectar from the treasure-house of love of God. Let us take full shelter of that Personality of Godhead, Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya, whose activities are wonderful.”
Purport
This verse is found in the Govinda-līlāmṛta (1.2).
Text 55
Bengali
तवे महाप्रभु ताँरे निकटे वसाइला ।
‘सनातनेर वार्ता कह’ — ताँहारे पुछिला ॥ ५५ ॥
Verse text
tabe mahāprabhu tāṅre nikaṭe vasāilā
‘sanātanera vārtā kaha’ — tāṅhāre puchilā
Synonyms
tabe — thereafter; mahāprabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tāṅre — them; nikaṭe — near Him; vasāilā — sat down; sanātanera vārtā — news of Sanātana; kaha — please tell; tāṅhāre — them; puchilā — questioned.
Translation
After this, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu sat them down by His side and asked them, “What news do you have of Sanātana?”
Text 56
Bengali
रूप कहेन, — तेँहो वन्दी हय़ राज-घरे ।
तुमि यदि उद्धार’, तवे हइवे उद्धारे ॥ ५६ ॥
Verse text
rūpa kahena, — teṅho bandī haya rāja-ghare
tumi yadi uddhāra’, tabe ha-ibe uddhāre
Synonyms
rūpa kahena — Rūpa Gosvāmī said; teṅho — he; bandī — arrested; haya — is; rāja-ghare — in the court of the government; tumi — You; yadi — if; uddhāra’ — kindly rescue; tabe — then; ha-ibe — he will be; uddhāre — relieved from that entanglement.
Translation
Rūpa Gosvāmī replied, “Sanātana has now been arrested by the government of Hussain Shah. If You kindly save him, he can be liberated from that entanglement.”
Text 57
Bengali
प्रभु कहे — सनातनेर हञाछे मोचन ।
अचिरात् आमा-सह हइवे मिलन ॥ ५७ ॥
Verse text
prabhu kahe, — sanātanera hañāche mocana
acirāt āmā-saha ha-ibe milana
Synonyms
prabhu kahe — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said; sanātanera — of Sanātana Gosvāmī; hañāche — there has been; mocana — release; acirāt — very soon; āmā-saha — with Me; ha-ibe milana — there will be meeting.
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu immediately replied, “Sanātana has already been released from his confinement, and he will very soon meet with Me.”
Text 58
Bengali
मध्याह्न करिते विप्र प्रभुरे कहिला ।
रूप-गोसाञि से-दिवस तथाञि रहिला ॥ ५८ ॥
Verse text
madhyāhna karite vipra prabhure kahilā
rūpa-gosāñi se-divasa tathāñi rahilā
Synonyms
madhyāhna karite — to accept lunch; vipra — the brāhmaṇa of Deccan; prabhure — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kahilā — requested; rūpa-gosāñi — Rūpa Gosvāmī; se-divasa — that day; tathāñi — there; rahilā — remained.
Translation
The brāhmaṇa then requested Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu to accept His lunch. Rūpa Gosvāmī also remained there that day.
Text 59
Bengali
भट्टाचार्य दुइ भाइय़े निमन्त्रण कैल ।
प्रभुर शेष प्रसाद-पात्र दुइभाइ पाइल ॥ ५९ ॥
Verse text
bhaṭṭācārya dui bhāiye nimantraṇa kaila
prabhura śeṣa prasāda-pātra dui-bhāi pāila
Synonyms
bhaṭṭācārya — Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya; dui bhāiye — the two brothers; nimantraṇa kaila — invited to take lunch; prabhura śeṣa prasāda-pātra — the remnants of the plate of food offered to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; dui-bhāi pāila — the two brothers obtained.
Translation
Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya invited the two brothers to take lunch also. The remnants of food from the plate of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu were offered to them.
Text 60
Bengali
त्रिवेणी-उपर प्रभुर वासा-घर स्थान ।
दुइ भाइ वासा कैल प्रभु-सन्निधान ॥ ६० ॥
Verse text
triveṇī-upara prabhura vāsā-ghara sthāna
dui bhāi vāsā kaila prabhu-sannidhāna
Synonyms
triveṇī-upara — on the bank of the confluence of the Yamunā and the Ganges; prabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; vāsā-ghara — of the residential house; sthāna — the place; dui bhāi — the two brothers; vāsā kaila — resided; prabhu-sannidhāna — near Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu selected His residence beside the confluence of the Ganges and the Yamunā, a place called Triveṇī. The two brothers — Rūpa Gosvāmī and Śrī Vallabha — selected their residence near the Lord’s.
Text 61
Bengali
से-काले वल्लभ-भट्ट रहे आड़ाइल-ग्रामे ।
महाप्रभु आइला शुनि’ आइल ताँर स्थाने ॥ ६१ ॥
Verse text
se-kāle vallabha-bhaṭṭa rahe āḍāila-grāme
mahāprabhu āilā śuni’ āila tāṅra sthāne
Synonyms
se-kāle — at that time; vallabha-bhaṭṭa — Vallabha Bhaṭṭa; rahe — resided; āḍāila-grāme — in the village known as Āḍāila; mahāprabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; āilā — has come; śuni’ — hearing; āila — came; tāṅra sthāne — to His place.
Translation
At that time, Śrī Vallabha Bhaṭṭa was staying at Āḍāila-grāma, and when he heard that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu had arrived, he went to His place to see Him.
Purport
Vallabha Bhaṭṭa was a great learned scholar of Vaiṣṇavism. In the beginning he was very much devoted to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, but since he thought that he could not receive proper respect from Him, he later joined the Viṣṇu Svāmī sect and became the ācārya of that sect. His sect is celebrated as the Vallabhācārya-sampradāya. This sampradāya has had great influence in Vṛndāvana near Gokula and in Bombay. Vallabha Bhaṭṭa wrote many books, including a commentary on Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam called Subodhinī-ṭīkā and notes on the Vedānta-sūtra in the form of an Anubhāṣya. He also wrote a combination of sixteen short works called Ṣoḍaśa-grantha. The village where he was staying — Āḍāila-grāma, or Adelī-grāma — was near the confluence of the rivers Ganges and Yamunā, on the other side of the Yamunā from Prayāga, about one mile from the river. A temple of Lord Viṣṇu there still belongs to the Vallabha-sampradāya.
Vallabha Bhaṭṭa was originally from a place in southern India called Trailaṅga. There is a railway station there called Niḍāḍābhalu. Sixteen miles from that station is a village called Kāṅkaḍabāḍa, or Kākuṅrapāḍhu. A learned brāhmaṇa named Lakṣmaṇa Dīkṣita used to live there, and Vallabha Bhaṭṭa was his son. There are five sections of the brāhmaṇa community of Āndhra Pradesh, known as Bella-nāṭī, Vegī-nāṭī, Muraki-nāṭī, Telagu-nāṭī and Kāśala-nāṭī*.* Out of these five brahminical communities, Vallabhācārya took his birth in the community of Bella-nāṭī in the year 1400 Śakābda Era (A.D. 1478). According to some people, Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya’s father took sannyāsa before Vallabha’s birth, and he returned home to take Vallabhācārya as his son. According to the opinion of others, Vallabhācārya was born in 1400 Śakābda Era on the Ekādaśī day of the dark moon in the month of Caitra, and he took his birth in a brāhmaṇa family surnamed Khambhaṁpāṭībāru. According to this account, his father’s name was Lakṣmaṇa Bhaṭṭa Dīkṣita, and he was born in Campakāraṇya. In someone else’s opinion, Vallabhācārya appeared near the village named Cāṅpā-jhāra-grāma, which is near a railway station named Rājima in Madhya Pradesh.
After studying for eleven years at Vārāṇasī, Vallabhācārya returned home. On his return, he heard that his father had departed from the material world. Keeping his brother and mother at home, he went to the banks of the river Tuṅgabhadrā, to a village called Vidyānagara, where he enlightened Kṛṣṇadeva, the grandson of King Bukkarāja. After that, he traveled throughout India thrice on trips lasting six years each. Thus he passed eighteen years and became victorious in his discussions of revealed scripture. When he was thirty years old, he married Mahālakṣmī, who belonged to the same brāhmaṇa community as his. Near Govardhana Hill he established a Deity in the valley. Finally he came to Āḍāila, which is on the other side of the Yamunā from Prayāga.
Vallabhācārya had two sons, Gopīnātha and Viṭhṭhaleśvara, and in his old age he accepted the renounced order. In 1452 Śakābda Era (A.D. 1530), he passed away from the material world at Vārāṇasī. His book known as Ṣoḍaśa-grantha and his commentaries on the Vedānta-sūtra (Anubhāṣya) and Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (Subodhinī) are very famous. He wrote many other books besides.
Text 62
Bengali
तेँहो दण्डवत् कैल, प्रभु कैला आलिङ्गन ।
दुइ जने कृष्णकथा हैल कतक्षण ॥ ६२ ॥
Verse text
teṅho daṇḍavat kaila, prabhu kailā āliṅgana
dui jane kṛṣṇa-kathā haila kata-kṣaṇa
Synonyms
teṅho — he; daṇḍavat — obeisances; kaila — made; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kailā — did; āliṅgana — embracing; dui jane — between the two of them; kṛṣṇa-kathā — topics about Lord Kṛṣṇa; haila — there were; kata-kṣaṇa — for some time.
Translation
Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya offered Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu his obeisances, and the Lord embraced him. After that, they discussed topics about Kṛṣṇa for some time.
Text 63
Bengali
कृष्णकथाय़ प्रभुर महाप्रेम उथलिल ।
भट्टेर सङ्कोचे प्रभु सम्वरण कैल ॥ ६३ ॥
Verse text
kṛṣṇa-kathāya prabhura mahā-prema uthalila
bhaṭṭera saṅkoce prabhu samvaraṇa kaila
Synonyms
kṛṣṇa-kathāya — in the discussion on Kṛṣṇa; prabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; mahā-prema — great love; uthalila — arose; bhaṭṭera — of the Bhaṭṭācārya; saṅkoce — due to shyness; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; samvaraṇa kaila — restrained Himself.
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu felt great ecstatic love when they began discussing Kṛṣṇa, but the Lord checked His feelings because He felt shy before Vallabha Bhaṭṭa.
Text 64
Bengali
अन्तरे गर-गर प्रेम, नहे सम्वरण ।
देखि’ चमत्कार हैल वल्लभ-भट्टेर मन ॥ ६४ ॥
Verse text
antare gara-gara prema, nahe samvaraṇa
dekhi’ camatkāra haila vallabha-bhaṭṭera mana
Synonyms
antare — inside; gara-gara — raged; prema — ecstatic love; nahe — there was not; samvaraṇa — checking; dekhi’ — detecting; camatkāra — astonishment; haila — there was; vallabha-bhaṭṭera mana — in the mind of Vallabha Bhaṭṭa.
Translation
Although the Lord restrained Himself externally, ecstatic love raged within. There was no checking that. Vallabha Bhaṭṭa was astonished to detect this.
Text 65
Bengali
तवे भट्ट महाप्रभुरे निमन्त्रण कैला ।
महाप्रभु दुइभाइ ताँहारे मिलाइला ॥ ६५ ॥
Verse text
tabe bhaṭṭa mahāprabhure nimantraṇa kailā
mahāprabhu dui-bhāi tāṅhāre milāilā
Synonyms
tabe — then; bhaṭṭa — Vallabha Bhaṭṭa; mahāprabhure — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; nimantraṇa kailā — invited; mahāprabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; dui-bhāi — the two brothers Rūpa and Vallabha; tāṅhāre — to him; milāilā — introduced.
Translation
Thereafter, Vallabha Bhaṭṭa invited Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu for lunch, and the Lord introduced the brothers Rūpa and Vallabha to him.
Text 66
Bengali
दुइभाइ दूर हैते भूमिते पड़िय़ा ।
भट्टे दण्डवत् कैला अति दीन हञा ॥ ६६ ॥
Verse text
dui-bhāi dūra haite bhūmite paḍiyā
bhaṭṭe daṇḍavat kailā ati dīna hañā
Synonyms
dui-bhāi — the two brothers; dūra haite — from a distance; bhūmite — on the ground; paḍiyā — falling flat; bhaṭṭe — to Vallabha Bhaṭṭa; daṇḍavat kailā — offered obeisances; ati dīna hañā — being very humble.
Translation
From a distance, the brothers Rūpa Gosvāmī and Śrī Vallabha fell on the ground and offered obeisances to Vallabha Bhaṭṭa with great humility.
Text 67
Bengali
भट्ट मिलिवारे याय़, दुँहे पलाय़ दूरे ।
‘अस्पृश्य पामर मुञि, ना छुँइह मोरे ॥’ ६७ ॥
Verse text
bhaṭṭa milibāre yāya, duṅhe palāya dūre
‘aspṛśya pāmara muñi, nā chuṅiha more’
Synonyms
bhaṭṭa — Vallabha Bhaṭṭa; milibāre — to meet; yāya — goes; duṅhe — the two brothers; palāya — ran away; dūre — to a distant place; aspṛśya — untouchable; pāmara — most fallen; muñi — I; nā chuṅiha — do not touch; more — me.
Translation
When Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya walked toward them, they ran away to a more distant place. Rūpa Gosvāmī said, “I am untouchable and most sinful. Please do not touch me.”
Text 68
Bengali
भट्टेर विस्मय़ हैल, प्रभुर हर्ष मन ।
भट्टेरे कहिला प्रभु ताँर विवरण ॥ ६८ ॥
Verse text
bhaṭṭera vismaya haila, prabhura harṣa mana
bhaṭṭere kahilā prabhu tāṅra vivaraṇa
Synonyms
bhaṭṭera — of Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya; vismaya haila — there was surprise; prabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; harṣa — very happy; mana — the mind; bhaṭṭere kahilā — said to Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tāṅra vivaraṇa — description of Rūpa Gosvāmī.
Translation
Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya was very much surprised at this. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, however, was very pleased, and He therefore spoke to him this description of Rūpa Gosvāmī.
Text 69
Bengali
‘इँहो ना स्पर्शिह, इँहो जाति अति-हीन !
वैदिक, याज्ञिक तुमि कुलीन प्रवीण !’ ६९ ॥
Verse text
‘iṅho nā sparśiha, iṅho jāti ati-hīna!
vaidika, yājñika tumi kulīna pravīṇa!’
Synonyms
iṅho — him; nā sparśiha — do not touch; iṅho — he; jāti — caste; ati-hīna — very low; vaidika — a follower of Vedic principles; yājñika — a performer of many sacrifices; tumi — you; kulīna — aristocratic brāhmaṇa; pravīṇa — an experienced person.
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “Don’t touch him, for he belongs to a very low caste. You are a follower of Vedic principles and are a well experienced performer of many sacrifices. You also belong to the aristocracy.”
Purport
Generally brāhmaṇas are puffed up with false prestige because they belong to the aristocracy and perform many Vedic sacrifices. In South India especially, this fastidious position is most prominent. At any rate, this was the case five hundred years ago. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu actually started a revolution against this brahminical system by inaugurating the chanting of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra. By this chanting, one can be delivered regardless of caste, creed, color or social position. Whoever chants the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra is immediately purified due to the transcendental position of devotional service. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is here hinting to Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya that an exalted brāhmaṇa who makes sacrifices and follows Vedic principles should not neglect a person who is engaged in devotional service by chanting the holy name of the Lord.
Actually Rūpa Gosvāmī did not belong to a lower caste. He was from a highly aristocratic brāhmaṇa family, but due to his association with the Muslim Nawab, he was considered fallen and was excommunicated from brāhmaṇa society. However, due to his advanced devotional service, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu accepted him as a gosvāmī. Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya knew all this. One who is a devotee is above caste and creed, yet Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya felt himself prestigious.
The present head of the Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya sampradāya of Bombay is named Dīkṣita Mahārāja. He is very friendly to our movement, and whenever we meet him, this learned brāhmaṇa scholar highly praises the activities of the Hare Kṛṣṇa movement. He is a life member of our Society, and although he is a learned scholar in the brahminical caste tradition, he accepts our Society and considers its members bona fide devotees of Lord Viṣṇu.
Text 70
Bengali
दुँहार मुखे निरन्तर कृष्णनाम शुनि’ ।
भट्ट कहे, प्रभुर किछु इङ्गित-भङ्गी जानि’ ॥ ७० ॥
Verse text
duṅhāra mukhe nirantara kṛṣṇa-nāma śuni’
bhaṭṭa kahe, prabhura kichu iṅgita-bhaṅgī jāni’
Synonyms
duṅhāra mukhe — in the mouths of both Rūpa Gosvāmī and his brother Vallabha; nirantara — continuously; kṛṣṇa-nāma śuni’ — hearing the chanting of the holy name of Kṛṣṇa; bhaṭṭa kahe — Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya said; prabhura — of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kichu — some; iṅgita — indications; bhaṅgī — hints; jāni’ — understanding.
Translation
Hearing the holy name constantly vibrated by the two brothers, Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya could understand the hints of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
Text 71
Bengali
‘दुँहार मुखे कृष्णनाम करिछे नर्तन ।
एइ-दुइ ‘अधम’ नहे, हय़ ‘सर्वोत्तम’ ॥ ७१ ॥
Verse text
‘duṅhāra mukhe kṛṣṇa-nāma kariche nartana
ei-dui ‘adhama’ nahe, haya ‘sarvottama’
Synonyms
duṅhāra mukhe — in the mouths of both; kṛṣṇa-nāma — the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa; kariche — is doing; nartana — dancing; ei-dui — both of them; adhama nahe — not fallen; haya — are; sarva-uttama — the most exalted.
Translation
Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya said, “Since these two are constantly chanting the holy name of Kṛṣṇa, how can they be untouchable? On the contrary, they are most exalted.”
Purport
Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya’s admission of the brothers’ exalted position should serve as a lesson to one who is falsely proud of his position as a brāhmaṇa. Sometimes so-called brāhmaṇas do not recognize our European and American disciples as devotees or brāhmaṇas, and some brāhmaṇas are so proud that they do not allow them to enter temples. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu herein gives a great lesson. Although Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya was a great authority on brahmanism and a learned scholar, he admitted that those who chant the Lord’s holy name are bona fide brāhmaṇas and Vaiṣṇavas and are therefore exalted.
Text 72
Bengali
अहोवत श्वपचोऽतो गरीय़ान्
यज्जिह्वाग्रे वर्तते नाम तुभ्यम् ।
तेपुस्तपस्ते जुहुवुः सस्नुरार्या
व्रह्मानूचुर्नाम गृणन्ति ये ते ॥ ७२ ॥
Verse text
aho bata śva-paco ’to garīyān
yaj-jihvāgre vartate nāma tubhyam
tepus tapas te juhuvuḥ sasnur āryā
brahmānūcur nāma gṛṇanti ye te
Synonyms
aho bata — how wonderful it is; śva-pacaḥ — dog-eaters; ataḥ — than the initiated brāhmaṇa; garīyān — more glorious; yat — of whom; jihvā-agre — on the tongue; vartate — remains; nāma — the holy name; tubhyam — of You, my Lord; tepuḥ — have performed; tapaḥ — austerity; te — they; juhuvuḥ — have performed sacrifices; sasnuḥ — have bathed in all holy places; āryāḥ — really belonging to the Āryan race; brahma — all the Vedas; anūcuḥ — have studied; nāma — the holy name; gṛṇanti — chant; ye — who; te — they.
Translation
Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya then recited the following verse: “ ‘My dear Lord, one who always keeps Your holy name on his tongue becomes greater than an initiated brāhmaṇa. Although he may be born in a family of dog-eaters and may therefore, by material calculation, be the lowest among men, he is still glorious. This is the wonderful effect of chanting the holy name of the Lord. It is therefore concluded that one who chants the holy name of the Lord should be understood to have performed all kinds of austerities and great sacrifices mentioned in the Vedas. He has already taken his bath in all the holy places of pilgrimage, he has studied all the Vedas, and he is actually an Āryan.’ ”
Purport
This verse is quoted from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (3.33.7).
Text 73
Bengali
शुनि’ महाप्रभु ताँरे वहु प्रशंसिला ।
प्रेमाविष्ट हञा श्लोक पड़िते लागिला ॥ ७३ ॥
Verse text
śuni’ mahāprabhu tāṅre bahu praśaṁsilā
premāviṣṭa hañā śloka paḍite lāgilā
Synonyms
śuni’ — hearing; mahāprabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tāṅre — him; bahu — very much; praśaṁsilā — praised; prema-āviṣṭa hañā — becoming ecstatic in love of Godhead; śloka — verses; paḍite lāgilā — began to recite.
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was very pleased to hear Vallabha Bhaṭṭa quoting from śāstra about the position of a devotee. The Lord praised him personally, and, feeling ecstatic love of Godhead, began to quote many verses from śāstra.
Text 74
Bengali
शुचिः सद्भक्तिदीप्ताग्निदग्धदुर्जातिकल्मषः ।
श्वपाकोऽपि वुधैः श्लाघ्येा न वेदज्ञोहपि नास्तिकः ॥ ७४ ॥
Verse text
śuciḥ sad-bhakti-dīptāgni-
dagdha-durjāti-kalmaṣaḥ
śva-pāko ’pi budhaiḥ ślāghyo
na veda-jño ’pi nāstikaḥ
Synonyms
śuciḥ — a brāhmaṇa purified internally and externally; sat-bhakti — of devotional service without motives; dīpta-agni — by the blazing fire; dagdha — burnt to ashes; durjāti — such as birth in a low family; kalmaṣaḥ — whose sinful reactions; śva-pākaḥ api — even though born in a family of dog-eaters; budhaiḥ — by learned scholars; ślāghyaḥ — recognized; na — not; veda-jñaḥ api — even though completely conversant in Vedic knowledge; nāstikaḥ — an atheist.
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “ ‘A person who has the pure characteristics of a brāhmaṇa due to devotional service, which is like a blazing fire burning to ashes all the sinful reactions of past lives, is certainly saved from the consequences of sinful acts, such as taking birth in a lower family. Even though he may be born in a family of dog-eaters, he is recognized by learned scholars. But although a person may be a learned scholar in Vedic knowledge, he is not recognized if he is an atheist.
Purport
This verse and the next are quoted from the Hari-bhakti-sudhodaya (3.11, 12), a transcendental literature extracted from the Purāṇas.
Text 75
Bengali
भगवद्भक्तिहीनस्य जातिः शास्त्रं जपस्तपः ।
अप्राणस्येव देहस्य मण्डनं लोकरञ्जनम् ॥ ७५ ॥
Verse text
bhagavad-bhakti-hīnasya
jātiḥ śāstraṁ japas tapaḥ
aprāṇasyeva dehasya
maṇḍanaṁ loka-rañjanam
Synonyms
bhagavat-bhakti-hīnasya — of a person devoid of devotional service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead; jātiḥ — birth in a high caste; śāstram — knowledge in the revealed scriptures; japaḥ — pronunciation of mantras; tapaḥ — austerities and penances; aprāṇasya — which is dead; iva — like; dehasya — of a body; maṇḍanam — decoration; loka — to the whims of people in general; rañjanam — simply pleasing.
Translation
“ ‘For a person devoid of devotional service, birth in a great family or nation, knowledge of the revealed scriptures, performance of austerities and penance, and chanting of Vedic mantras are all like ornaments on a dead body. Such ornaments simply serve the concocted pleasures of the general populace.’ ”
Text 76
Bengali
प्रभुर प्रेमावेश, आर प्रभाव भक्तिसार ।
सौन्दर्यादि देखि’ भट्टेर हैल चमत्कार ॥ ७६ ॥
Verse text
prabhura premāveśa, āra prabhāva bhakti-sāra
saundaryādi dekhi’ bhaṭṭera haila camatkāra
Synonyms
prabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; prema-āveśa — ecstasy in love of Godhead; āra — and; prabhāva — the influence; bhakti-sāra — the essence of devotional service; saundarya-ādi — personal beauty and other qualities; dekhi’ — seeing; bhaṭṭera — of Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya; haila — there was; camatkāra — astonishment.
Translation
When he saw the Lord’s ecstatic love, Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya was certainly very much astonished. He was also astonished by the Lord’s knowledge of the essence of devotional service, as well as by His personal beauty and influence.
Text 77
Bengali
सगणे प्रभुरे भट्ट नौकाते चड़ाञा ।
भिक्षा दिते निज-घरे चलिला लञा ॥ ७७ ॥
Verse text
sagaṇe prabhure bhaṭṭa naukāte caḍāñā
bhikṣā dite nija-ghare calilā lañā
Synonyms
sa-gaṇe — with His associates; prabhure — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; bhaṭṭa — Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya; naukāte — a boat; caḍāñā — putting aboard; bhikṣā dite — to offer lunch; nija-ghare — to his own place; calilā — departed; lañā — taking.
Translation
Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya then put Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and His associates aboard a boat and took them to his own place to offer them lunch.
Text 78
Bengali
यमुनार जल देखि’ चिक्कण श्यामल ।
प्रेमावेशे महाप्रभु हइला विह्वल ॥ ७८ ॥
Verse text
yamunāra jala dekhi’ cikkaṇa śyāmala
premāveśe mahāprabhu ha-ilā vihvala
Synonyms
yamunāra — of the river Yamunā; jala — the water; dekhi’ — seeing; cikkaṇa — glossy; śyāmala — blackish; prema-āveśe — in ecstatic love; mahāprabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; ha-ilā — became; vihvala — bewildered.
Translation
While crossing the river Yamunā, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu saw the glossy black water and was immediately bewildered with ecstatic love.
Text 79
Bengali
हुङ्कार करि’ यमुनार जले दिला झाँप ।
प्रभु देखि’ सवार मने हैल भय़-काँप ॥ ७९ ॥
Verse text
huṅkāra kari’ yamunāra jale dilā jhāṅpa
prabhu dekhi’ sabāra mane haila bhaya-kāṅpa
Synonyms
huṅkāra kari’ — making a loud sound; yamunāra jale — in the water of the river Yamunā; dilā — gave; jhāṅpa — a plunge; prabhu dekhi’ — seeing Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; sabāra — of everyone; mane — in the mind; haila — there was; bhaya-kāṅpa — fear and trembling.
Translation
Indeed, as soon as Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu saw the river Yamunā, He immediately made a great sound and jumped into the water. Everyone was filled with fear and trembling to see this.
Text 80
Bengali
आस्ते-व्यस्ते सवे धरि’ प्रभुरे उठाइल ।
नौकार उपरे प्रभु नाचिते लागिल ॥ ८० ॥
Verse text
āste-vyaste sabe dhari’ prabhure uṭhāila
naukāra upare prabhu nācite lāgila
Synonyms
āste-vyaste — with great haste; sabe — all of them; dhari’ — catching; prabhure — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; uṭhāila — raised; naukāra — of the boat; upare — on top; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; nācite lāgila — began to dance.
Translation
They all hastily grabbed Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and pulled Him out of the water. Once on the boat’s platform, the Lord began to dance.
Text 81
Bengali
महाप्रभुर भरे नौका करे टलमल ।
डुविते लागिल नौका, झलके भरे जल ॥ ८१ ॥
Verse text
mahāprabhura bhare naukā kare ṭalamala
ḍubite lāgila naukā, jhalake bhare jala
Synonyms
mahāprabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; bhare — because of the weight; naukā — the boat; kare — does; ṭalamala — tilting; ḍubite — to sink; lāgila — began; naukā — the boat; jhalake — in gushes; bhare — fills; jala — water.
Translation
Due to the Lord’s heavy weight, the boat began to tilt. It began filling up with water and was on the verge of sinking.
Text 82
Bengali
यद्यपि भट्टेर आगे प्रभुर धैर्य हैल मन ।
दुर्वार उद्भट प्रेम नहे सम्वरण ॥ ८२ ॥
Verse text
yadyapi bhaṭṭera āge prabhura dhairya haila mana
durvāra udbhaṭa prema nahe samvaraṇa
Synonyms
yadyapi — although; bhaṭṭera — of Vallabhācārya; āge — in front; prabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; dhairya — patient; haila — was; mana — the mind; durvāra — difficult to stop; udbhaṭa — wonderful; prema — ecstatic love; nahe — there is not; samvaraṇa — checking.
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu tried to restrain Himself as far as possible before Vallabhācārya, but although He tried to keep calm, His ecstatic love could not be checked.
Text 83
Bengali
देश-पात्र देखि’ महाप्रभु धैर्य हइल ।
आड़ाइलेर घाटे नौका आसि’ उत्तरिल ॥ ८३ ॥
Verse text
deśa-pātra dekhi’ mahāprabhu dhairya ha-ila
āḍāilera ghāṭe naukā āsi’ uttarila
Synonyms
deśa-pātra dekhi’ — seeing the circumstances; mahāprabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; dhairya ha-ila — became calm; āḍāilera ghāṭe — at the shore of the village Āḍāila; naukā — the boat; āsi’ — coming; uttarila — landed.
Translation
Seeing the circumstances, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu finally became calm so that the boat was able to reach the shore of Āḍāila and land there.
Text 84
Bengali
भय़े भट्ट सङ्गे रहे, मध्याह्न कराञा ।
निज-गृहे आनिला प्रभुरे सङ्गेते लञा ॥ ८४ ॥
Verse text
bhaye bhaṭṭa saṅge rahe, madhyāhna karāñā
nija-gṛhe ānilā prabhure saṅgete lañā
Synonyms
bhaye — with fear; bhaṭṭa — Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya; saṅge — in Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s association; rahe — remains; madhyāhna karāñā — after arranging for His bath; nija-gṛhe — to his own home; ānilā — brought; prabhure — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; saṅgete — in the company; lañā — taking.
Translation
Fearing for the Lord’s welfare, Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya stayed in His association. After arranging for His bath, the Bhaṭṭācārya took the Lord to his own house.
Text 85
Bengali
आनन्दित हञा भट्ट दिल दिव्यासन ।
आपने करिल प्रभुर पादप्रक्षालन ॥ ८५ ॥
Verse text
ānandita hañā bhaṭṭa dila divyāsana
āpane karila prabhura pāda-prakṣālana
Synonyms
ānandita hañā — becoming pleased; bhaṭṭa — Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya; dila — gave; divya-āsana — a nice sitting place; āpane — personally; karila — did; prabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; pāda-prakṣālana — washing of the feet.
Translation
When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu arrived at his home, Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya, being greatly pleased, offered the Lord a nice sitting place and personally washed His feet.
Text 86
Bengali
सवंशे सेइ जल मस्तके धरिल ।
नूतन कौपीन-वहिर्वास पराइल ॥ ८६ ॥
Verse text
savaṁśe sei jala mastake dharila
nūtana kaupīna-bahirvāsa parāila
Synonyms
sa-vaṁśe — with all the family members; sei — that; jala — water; mastake — on the head; dharila — sprinkled; nūtana — fresh; kaupīna — underwear; bahirvāsa — external covering; parāila — put on.
Translation
Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya and his whole family then sprinkled that water over their heads. They then offered the Lord new underwear and outer garments.
Text 87
Bengali
गन्ध-पुष्प-धूप-दीपे महापूजा कैल ।
भट्टाचार्ये मान्य करि’ पाक कराइल ॥ ८७ ॥
Verse text
gandha-puṣpa-dhūpa-dīpe mahā-pūjā kaila
bhaṭṭācārye mānya kari’ pāka karāila
Synonyms
gandha — scents; puṣpa — flowers; dhūpa — incense; dīpe — by lamps; mahā-pūjā kaila — he worshiped the Lord with great pomp; bhaṭṭācārye — to Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya; mānya kari’ — offering respect; pāka karāila — engaging in cooking.
Translation
Vallabhācārya worshiped the Lord with great pomp, offering scents, incense, flowers and lamps, and with great respect he induced Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya [the Lord’s cook] to cook.
Text 88
Bengali
भिक्षा कराइल प्रभुरे सस्नेह यतने ।
रूपगोसाञि दुइभाइय़े कराइल भोजने ॥ ८८ ॥
Verse text
bhikṣā karāila prabhure sasneha yatane
rūpa-gosāñi dui-bhāiye karāila bhojane
Synonyms
bhikṣā karāila — made to take His lunch; prabhure — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; sasneha — with affection; yatane — with great care; rūpa-gosāñi — Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī; dui-bhāiye — the two brothers; karāila bhojane — made eat.
Translation
Thus Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was offered lunch with great care and affection. The brothers Rūpa Gosvāmī and Śrī Vallabha were also offered food.
Text 89
Bengali
भट्टाचार्य श्रीरूपे देओय़ाइल ‘अवशेष’ ।
तवे सेइ प्रसाद कृष्णदास पाइल शेष ॥ ८९ ॥
Verse text
bhaṭṭācārya śrī-rūpe deoyāila ‘avaśeṣa’
tabe sei prasāda kṛṣṇadāsa pāila śeṣa
Synonyms
bhaṭṭācārya — Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya; śrī-rūpe — to Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī; deoyāila — offered; avaśeṣa — the remnants; tabe — thereafter; sei — those; prasāda — remnants of food; kṛṣṇadāsa — Kṛṣṇadāsa; pāila — got; śeṣa — the balance.
Translation
Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya first offered the remnants of the Lord’s food to Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī, and then to Kṛṣṇadāsa.
Text 90
Bengali
मुखवास दिय़ा प्रभुरे कराइल शय़न ।
आपने भट्ट करेन प्रभुर पाद-सम्वाहन ॥ ९० ॥
Verse text
mukha-vāsa diyā prabhure karāila śayana
āpane bhaṭṭa karena prabhura pāda-samvāhana
Synonyms
mukha-vāsa — spices; diyā — offering; prabhure — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; karāila — made to do; śayana — resting; āpane — personally; bhaṭṭa — Śrīla Vallabha Bhaṭṭa; karena — does; prabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; pāda-samvāhana — massaging the legs.
Translation
The Lord was then given spices to purify His mouth. Afterwards He was made to rest, and Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya personally massaged His legs.
Text 91
Bengali
प्रभु पाठाइल ताँरे करिते भोजने ।
भोजन करि’ आइला तेँहो प्रभुर चरणे ॥ ९१ ॥
Verse text
prabhu pāṭhāila tāṅre karite bhojane
bhojana kari’ āilā teṅho prabhura caraṇe
Synonyms
prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; pāṭhāila — sent; tāṅre — him (Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya); karite bhojane — to take his lunch; bhojana kari’ — after taking lunch; āilā — came; teṅho — he; prabhura caraṇe — to the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
Translation
While Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya was massaging Him, the Lord asked him to go take prasādam. After taking prasādam, he returned to the lotus feet of the Lord.
Text 92
Bengali
हेनकाले आइला रघुपति उपाध्याय़ ।
तिरुहिता पण्डित, वड़ वैष्णव, महाशय़ ॥ ९२ ॥
Verse text
hena-kāle āilā raghupati upādhyāya
tiruhitā paṇḍita, baḍa vaiṣṇava, mahāśaya
Synonyms
hena-kāle — at this time; āilā — arrived; raghupati upādhyāya — a brāhmaṇa named Raghupati Upādhyāya; tiruhitā — belonging to the Tiruhitā state; paṇḍita — a very learned scholar; baḍa — great; vaiṣṇava — devotee; mahāśaya — respectable gentleman.
Translation
At that time Raghupati Upādhyāya of the Tiruhitā district arrived. He was a very learned scholar, a great devotee and a respectable gentleman.
Purport
Tiruhitā, or Tirhuṭiyā, is a combination of four districts in Bihar: Saran, Champaran, Muzaffarpur and Darbhanga. The people of this state are called Tiruṭiyā.
Text 93
Bengali
आसि’तेँहो कैल प्रभुर चरण वन्दन ।
‘कृष्णे मति रहु’ वलि’ प्रभुर वचन ॥ ९३ ॥
Verse text
āsi’ teṅho kaila prabhura caraṇa vandana
‘kṛṣṇe mati rahu’ bali’ prabhura vacana
Synonyms
āsi’ — coming; teṅho — he; kaila — did; prabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; caraṇa vandana — worshiping the lotus feet; kṛṣṇe mati rahu — just remain always Kṛṣṇa conscious; bali’ — saying; prabhura vacana — the blessings of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
Translation
Raghupati Upādhyāya first offered his respects to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and the Lord gave him His blessings, saying, “Always stay in Kṛṣṇa consciousness.”
Text 94
Bengali
शुनि’ आनन्दित हैल उपाध्याय़ेर मन ।
प्रभु ताँरे कहिल, — ‘कह कृष्णेर वर्णन’ ॥ ९४ ॥
Verse text
śuni’ ānandita haila upādhyāyera mana
prabhu tāṅre kahila, — ‘kaha kṛṣṇera varṇana’
Synonyms
śuni’ — hearing; ānandita — very pleased; haila — became; upādhyāyera mana — the mind of Upādhyāya; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tāṅre — to him; kahila — spoke; kaha kṛṣṇera varṇana — just try to describe Kṛṣṇa.
Translation
Raghupati Upādhyāya was very pleased to hear the Lord’s blessings. The Lord then asked him to describe Kṛṣṇa.
Text 95
Bengali
निज-कृत कृष्णलीला-श्लोक पड़िल ।
शुनि’ महाप्रभुर महा प्रेमावेश हैल ॥ ९५ ॥
Verse text
nija-kṛta kṛṣṇa-līlā-śloka paḍila
śuni’ mahāprabhura mahā premāveśa haila
Synonyms
nija-kṛta — personally composed; kṛṣṇa-līlā — on pastimes of Kṛṣṇa; śloka — verses; paḍila — recited; śuni’ — hearing; mahāprabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; mahā — great; prema-āveśa — ecstatic love; haila — there was.
Translation
When Raghupati Upādhyāya was requested to describe Kṛṣṇa, he began to recite some verses he had personally composed about Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes. Hearing those verses, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was overwhelmed with ecstatic love.
Text 96
Bengali
श्रुतिमपरे स्मृतिमितरे भारतमन्ये भजन्तु भवभीताः ।
अहमिह नन्दं वन्दे यस्यालिन्दे परं व्रह्म ॥ ९६ ॥
Verse text
śrutim apare smṛtim itare bhāratam anye bhajantu bhava-bhītāḥ
aham iha nandaṁ vande yasyālinde paraṁ brahma
Synonyms
śrutim — Vedic literature; apare — someone; smṛtim — corollary to the Vedic literature; itare — others; bhāratam — the Mahābhārata; anye — still others; bhajantu — let them worship; bhava-bhītāḥ — those who are afraid of material existence; aham — I; iha — here; nandam — Mahārāja Nanda; vande — worship; yasya — whose; alinde — in the courtyard; param brahma — the Supreme Brahman, Absolute Truth.
Translation
Raghupati Upādhyāya recited, “Those who are afraid of material existence worship the Vedic literature. Some worship smṛti, the corollaries to the Vedic literature, and others worship the Mahābhārata. As far as I am concerned, I worship Kṛṣṇa’s father, Mahārāja Nanda, in whose courtyard the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the Absolute Truth, is playing.”
Purport
This verse recited by Raghupati Upādhyāya was later included in Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī’s Padyāvalī (126).
Text 97
Bengali
‘आगे कह’ — प्रभु-वाक्ये उपाध्याय़ कहिल ।
रघुपति उपाध्याय़ नमस्कार कैल ॥ ९७ ॥
Verse text
‘āge kaha’ — prabhu-vākye upādhyāya kahila
raghupati upādhyāya namaskāra kaila
Synonyms
āge kaha — please speak further; prabhu-vākye — on the request of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; upādhyāya — Raghupati Upādhyāya; kahila — said; raghupati upādhyāya — Raghupati Upādhyāya; namaskāra kaila — offered Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu obeisances.
Translation
When Raghupati Upādhyāya was requested by the Lord to recite more, he immediately offered his respects to the Lord and granted His request.
Text 98
Bengali
कम्प्रति कथय़ितुमीशे सम्प्रति को वा प्रतीतिमाय़ातु ।
गोपति-तनय़ाकुञ्जे गोपवधूटी-विटं व्रह्म ॥ ९८ ॥
Verse text
kaṁ prati kathayitum īśe
samprati ko vā pratītim āyātu
go-pati-tanayā-kuñje
gopa-vadhūṭī-viṭaṁ brahma
Synonyms
kam prati — unto whom; kathayitum — to speak; īśe — am I able; samprati — now; kaḥ — who; vā — or; pratītim — belief; āyātu — would do; go-pati — of the sun-god; tanayā — of the daughter (the Yamunā); kuñje — in the bushes on the bank; gopa-vadhūṭī — of the cowherd girls; viṭam — the hunter; brahma — the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
Translation
“To whom can I speak who will believe me when I say that Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, is hunting the gopīs in the bushes by the banks of the river Yamunā? In this way the Lord demonstrates His pastimes.”
Purport
This verse was also later included in the Padyāvalī (99).
Text 99
Bengali
प्रभु कहेन, — कह, तेँहो पड़े कृष्णलीला ।
प्रेमावेशे प्रभुर देह-मन आलुय़ाइला ॥ ९९ ॥
Verse text
prabhu kahena, — kaha, teṅho paḍe kṛṣṇa-līlā
premāveśe prabhura deha-mana āluyāilā
Synonyms
prabhu kahena — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said; kaha — please go on speaking; teṅho — he; paḍe — recites; kṛṣṇa-līlā — the pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa; prema-āveśe — in great ecstasy of love; prabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; deha-mana — body and mind; āluyāilā — became slackened.
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu requested Raghupati Upādhyāya to continue speaking about the pastimes of Śrī Kṛṣṇa. Thus the Lord was absorbed in ecstatic love, and His mind and body slackened.
Purport
Our minds and bodies are always engaged in material activities. When they are activated on the spiritual platform, they slacken on the material platform.
Text 100
Bengali
प्रेम देखि’ उपाध्याय़ेर हैल चमत्कार ।
‘मनुष्य नहे, इँहो — कृष्ण’ — करिल निर्धार ॥ १०० ॥
Verse text
prema dekhi’ upādhyāyera haila camatkāra
‘manuṣya nahe, iṅho — kṛṣṇa’ — karila nirdhāra
Synonyms
prema dekhi’ — seeing His ecstatic love; upādhyāyera — of Raghupati Upādhyāya; haila — there was; camatkāra — wonder; manuṣya nahe — not a human being; iṅho — He; kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa Himself; karila nirdhāra — made assessment.
Translation
When Raghupati Upādhyāya saw Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s ecstatic symptoms, he decided that the Lord was not a human being but Kṛṣṇa Himself.
Text 101
Bengali
प्रभु कहे, — उपाध्याय़, श्रेष्ठ मान’ काय़ ?
‘श्याममेव परं रूपं’ — कहे उपाध्याय़ ॥ १०१ ॥
Verse text
prabhu kahe, — upādhyāya, śreṣṭha māna’ kāya?
‘śyāmam eva paraṁ rūpaṁ’ — kahe upādhyāya
Synonyms
prabhu kahe — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu inquired; upādhyāya — My dear Upādhyāya; śreṣṭha — the supermost; māna’ — you consider; kāya — what; śyāmam — Śyāmasundara, Kṛṣṇa; eva — certainly; param rūpam — the supreme form; kahe — replied; upādhyāya — Raghupati Upādhyāya.
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu asked Raghupati Upādhyāya, “According to your decision, who is the foremost being?”
Purport
Raghupati Upādhyāya replied, “Lord Śyāmasundara is the supreme form.”
Text 102
Bengali
श्याम-रूपेर वासस्थान श्रेष्ठ मान’ काय़ ?
‘पुरी मधुपुरी वरा’ — कहे उपाध्याय़ ॥ १०२ ॥
Verse text
śyāma-rūpera vāsa-sthāna śreṣṭha māna’ kāya?
‘purī madhu-purī varā’ — kahe upādhyāya
Synonyms
śyāma-rūpera — of the supreme form, Śyāmasundara; vāsa-sthāna — residence; śreṣṭha — the supreme; māna’ — you accept; kāya — which; purī — the city; madhu-purī — Mathurā; varā — best; kahe — said; upādhyāya — Raghupati Upādhyāya.
Translation
“Of all Kṛṣṇa’s abodes, which do you think is the best?”
Purport
Raghupati Upādhyāya said, “Madhu-purī, or Mathurā-dhāma, is certainly the best.”
Lord Kṛṣṇa has many forms, as stated in the Brahma-saṁhitā (5.33): advaitam acyutam anādim ananta-rūpam. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu asked Raghupati Upādhyāya which form was the best of Lord Kṛṣṇa’s millions of forms, and he immediately replied that the supreme form was the Śyāmasundara form. In that form, Kṛṣṇa stands curved in three places and holds His flute. The Śyāmasundara form is also described in the Brahma-saṁhitā (5.38):
*premāñjana-cchurita-bhakti-vilocanena *
*santaḥ sadaiva hṛdayeṣu vilokayanti
yaṁ śyāmasundaram acintya-guṇa-svarūpaṁ *
govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi
“I worship the primeval Lord, Govinda, who is always seen by the devotee whose eyes are anointed with the pulp of love. He is seen in His eternal form of Śyāmasundara, situated within the heart of the devotee.”
Those who are filled with ecstatic love for Kṛṣṇa always see the form of Śyāmasundara within their hearts. Raghupati Upādhyāya confirms that the Absolute Truth, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, has many incarnations — Nārāyaṇa, Nṛsiṁha, Varāha and others — but Kṛṣṇa is distinguished as the supermost. According to Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.3.28), kṛṣṇas tu bhagavān svayam: “Kṛṣṇa is the original Personality of Godhead.” Kṛṣṇa means Śyāmasundara, who plays His flute in Vṛndāvana. Of all forms, this form is the best of all. Kṛṣṇa lives sometimes in Mathurā and sometimes in Dvārakā, but Mathurā is considered the better place. This is also confirmed by Rūpa Gosvāmī in his Upadeśāmṛta (9): vaikuṇṭhāj janito varā madhu-purī. “Madhu-purī, or Mathurā, is far superior to the Vaikuṇṭhalokas in the spiritual world.”
Text 103
Bengali
वाल्य, पौगण्ड, कैशोरे, श्रेष्ठ मान’ काय़ ?
‘वय़ः कैशोरकं ध्येय़ं’ — कहे उपाध्याय़ ॥ १०३ ॥
Verse text
bālya, paugaṇḍa, kaiśore, śreṣṭha māna’ kāya?
‘vayaḥ kaiśorakaṁ dhyeyaṁ’ — kahe upādhyāya
Synonyms
bālya — childhood; paugaṇḍa — the boyhood age before youth; kaiśore — the beginning of youth; śreṣṭha — best; māna’ — you think; kāya — which; vayaḥ — the age; kaiśorakam — kaiśora or fresh youth; dhyeyam — most worshipable; kahe — said; upādhyāya — Raghupati Upādhyāya.
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu asked, “Of the three ages of Kṛṣṇa known as childhood, boyhood and fresh youth, which do you consider best?”
Purport
Raghupati Upādhyāya replied, “Fresh youth is the best age.”
Text 104
Bengali
रसगण-मध्ये तुमि श्रेष्ठ मान’ काय़ ?
‘आद्य एव परो रसः’ — कहे उपाध्याय़ ॥ १०४ ॥
Verse text
rasa-gaṇa-madhye tumi śreṣṭha māna’ kāya?
‘ādya eva paro rasaḥ’ — kahe upādhyāya
Synonyms
rasa-gaṇa-madhye — among all the mellows; tumi — you; śreṣṭha — as supreme; māna’ — accept; kāya — which one; ādyaḥ — conjugal love; eva — certainly; paraḥ rasaḥ — the best of all mellows; kahe — replied; upādhyāya — Raghupati Upādhyāya.
Translation
When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu asked, “Among all the mellows, which do you consider best?”
Purport
Raghupati Upādhyāya replied, “The mellow of conjugal love is supermost.”
Text 105
Bengali
प्रभु कहे, — भाल तत्त्व शिखाइला मोरे ।
एत वलि’ श्लोक पड़े गद्गद-स्वरे ॥ १०५ ॥
Verse text
prabhu kahe, — bhāla tattva śikhāilā more
eta bali’ śloka paḍe gadgada-svare
Synonyms
prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kahe — said; bhāla — good; tattva — conclusions; śikhāilā more — you have taught Me; eta bali’ — saying this; śloka paḍe — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu recited the full verse; gadgada-svare — in a faltering voice.
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then said, “You have certainly given first-class conclusions.” After saying this, He began to recite the full verse in a faltering voice.
Text 106
Bengali
श्याममेव परं रूपं पुरी मधुपुरी वरा ।
वय़ः कैशोरकं ध्येय़माद्य एव परो रसः ॥ १०६ ॥
Verse text
śyāmam eva paraṁ rūpaṁ
purī madhu-purī varā
vayaḥ kaiśorakaṁ dhyeyam
ādya eva paro rasaḥ
Synonyms
śyāmam — the form of Śyāmasundara; eva — certainly; param — supreme; rūpam — form; purī — the place; madhu-purī — Mathurā; varā — best; vayaḥ — the age; kaiśorakam — fresh youth; dhyeyam — always to be meditated on; ādyaḥ — the original transcendental mellow, or conjugal love; eva — certainly; paraḥ — the supreme; rasaḥ — mellow.
Translation
“ ‘The form of Śyāmasundara is the supreme form, the city of Mathurā is the supreme abode, Lord Kṛṣṇa’s fresh youth should always be meditated upon, and the mellow of conjugal love is the supreme mellow.’ ”
Purport
This verse is found in the Padyāvalī (82).
Text 107
Bengali
प्रेमावेशे प्रभु ताँरे कैला आलिङ्गन ।
प्रेम मत्त हञा तेँहेा करेन नर्तन ॥ १०७ ॥
Verse text
premāveśe prabhu tāṅre kailā āliṅgana
prema matta hañā teṅho karena nartana
Synonyms
prema-āveśe — in ecstatic love; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tāṅre — him; kailā — did; āliṅgana — embracing; prema matta hañā — being overwhelmed by ecstatic love; teṅho — he; karena nartana — began to dance.
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then embraced Raghupati Upādhyāya in ecstatic love. Raghupati Upādhyāya also was overwhelmed by love, and he began to dance.
Text 108
Bengali
देखि’ वल्लभ-भट्ट मने चमत्कार हैल ।
दुइ पुत्र आनि’ प्रभुर चरणे पाड़िल ॥ १०८ ॥
Verse text
dekhi’ vallabha-bhaṭṭa mane camatkāra haila
dui putra āni’ prabhura caraṇe pāḍila
Synonyms
dekhi’ — seeing; vallabha-bhaṭṭa — of Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya; mane — in the mind; camatkāra haila — there was astonishment; dui putra āni’ — bringing his two sons; prabhura caraṇe pāḍila — made them lie at the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
Translation
Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya was struck with wonder to see Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and Raghupati Upādhyāya dance. He even brought forward his two sons and made them fall down at the Lord’s lotus feet.
Purport
The two sons of Vallabhācārya were Gopīnātha and Viṭhṭhaleśvara. When Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu visited Prayāga in the year 1434 or 1435 Śakābda Era (A.D. 1512 or 1513), Viṭhṭhaleśvara was not yet born. In this regard, one should see Madhya-līlā 18.47.
Text 109
Bengali
प्रभु देखिवारे ग्रामेर सव-लोक आइल ।
प्रभु-दरशने सवे ‘कृष्णभक्त’ हइल ॥ १०९ ॥
Verse text
prabhu dekhibāre grāmera saba-loka āila
prabhu-daraśane sabe ‘kṛṣṇa-bhakta’ ha-ila
Synonyms
prabhu dekhibāre — to see Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; grāmera — of the village; saba-loka — all the people; āila — came; prabhu-daraśane — simply by seeing Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; sabe — all of them; kṛṣṇa-bhakta ha-ila — became devotees of Lord Kṛṣṇa.
Translation
Upon hearing that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu had arrived, all the villagers went to see Him. Simply by seeing Him, they all became devotees of Kṛṣṇa.
Text 110
Bengali
व्राह्मणसकल करेन प्रभुर निमन्त्रण ।
वल्लभ-भट्ट ताँ-सवारे करेन निवारण ॥ ११० ॥
Verse text
brāhmaṇa-sakala karena prabhura nimantraṇa
vallabha-bhaṭṭa tāṅ-sabāre karena nivāraṇa
Synonyms
brāhmaṇa-sakala — all the brāhmaṇas of that village; karena — make; prabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; nimantraṇa — invitations; vallabha-bhaṭṭa — Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya; tāṅ-sabāre — all of them; karena — does; nivāraṇa — forbidding.
Translation
All the brāhmaṇas of the village were eager to extend invitations to the Lord, but Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya forbade them to do so.
Text 111
Bengali
‘प्रेमेान्मादे पड़े गेासाञि मध्य-यमुनाते ।
प्रय़ागे चालाइव, इहाँ ना दिव रहिते ॥ १११ ॥
Verse text
‘premonmāde paḍe gosāñi madhya-yamunāte
prayāge cālāiba, ihāṅ nā diba rahite
Synonyms
prema-unmāde — in the madness of ecstatic love; paḍe — fell down; gosāñi — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; madhya-yamunāte — in the river Yamunā; prayāge cālāiba — I shall again take Him to Prayāga; ihāṅ — here; nā — not; diba — I shall allow Him; rahite — to stay.
Translation
Vallabha Bhaṭṭa then decided not to keep Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu at Āḍāila because the Lord had jumped into the river Yamunā in ecstatic love. Therefore he decided to bring Him to Prayāga.
Text 112
Bengali
याँर इच्छा, प्रय़ागे याञा करिवे निमन्त्रण’ ।
एत वलि’ प्रभु लञा करिल गमन ॥ ११२ ॥
Verse text
yāṅra icchā, prayāge yāñā karibe nimantraṇa’
eta bali’ prabhu lañā karila gamana
Synonyms
yāṅra — of whom; icchā — there is a desire; prayāge yāñā — going to Prayāga; karibe — may do; nimantraṇa — invitations; eta bali’ — saying this; prabhu lañā — with Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; karila gamana — he departed for Prayāga.
Translation
Vallabha Bhaṭṭa said, “If anyone likes, he can go to Prayāga and extend invitations to the Lord.” In this way he took the Lord with him and departed for Prayāga.
Text 113
Bengali
गङ्गा-पथे महाप्रभुरे नौकाते वसाञा ।
प्रय़ागे आइला भट्ट गोसाञिरे लइय़ा ॥ ११३ ॥
Verse text
gaṅgā-pathe mahāprabhure naukāte vasāñā
prayāge āilā bhaṭṭa gosāñire lañā
Synonyms
gaṅgā-pathe — on the Ganges; mahāprabhure — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; naukāte vasāñā — making to sit down on the boat; prayāge āilā — went to Prayāga; bhaṭṭa — Vallabha Bhaṭṭa; gosāñire lañā — with Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
Translation
Vallabha Bhaṭṭācārya avoided the river Yamunā. Putting the Lord on a boat in the river Ganges, he went with Him to Prayāga.
Text 114
Bengali
लोक-भिड़-भय़े प्रभु ‘दशाश्वमेधे’ याञा ।
रूप गेासाञिरे शिक्षा करा’न शक्ति सञ्चारिय़ा ॥ ११४ ॥
Verse text
loka-bhiḍa-bhaye prabhu ‘daśāśvamedhe’ yāñā
rūpa-gosāñire śikṣā karā’na śakti sañcāriyā
Synonyms
loka-bhiḍa-bhaye — from fear of the great crowd of people; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; daśāśvamedhe — to Daśāśvamedha-ghāṭa; yāñā — going; rūpa-gosāñire — Rūpa Gosvāmī; śikṣā karā’na — teaches; śakti sañcāriyā — endowing him with potency.
Translation
Due to the great crowds in Prayāga, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu went to a place called Daśāśvamedha-ghāṭa. It was there that the Lord instructed Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī and empowered him in the philosophy of devotional service.
Purport
Parāsya śaktir vividhaiva śrūyate. The Supreme Lord has multipotencies, which the Lord bestows on His fortunate devotees. The Lord has a special potency by which He spreads the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. This is explained in the Caitanya-caritāmṛta (Antya 7.11): kali-kālera dharma — kṛṣṇa-nāma-saṅkīrtana/ kṛṣṇa-śakti vinā nahe tāra pravartana. “One cannot spread the holy name of Kṛṣṇa without being specifically empowered by Lord Kṛṣṇa.” A devotee who receives this power from the Lord must be considered very fortunate. The Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is spreading to enlighten people about their real position, their original relationship with Kṛṣṇa. One requires Kṛṣṇa’s special power in order to be able to do this. People forget their relationship with Kṛṣṇa and work under the spell of māyā life after life, transmigrating from one body to another. This is the process of material existence. The Supreme Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa personally descends to teach people that their position in the material world is a mistaken one. The Lord again comes as Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu to induce people to take to Kṛṣṇa consciousness. The Lord also empowers a special devotee to teach people their constitutional position.
Text 115
Bengali
कृष्णतत्त्व-भक्तितत्त्व-रसतत्त्व-प्रान्त ।
सव शिखाइल प्रभु भागवत-सिद्धान्त ॥ ११५ ॥
Verse text
kṛṣṇatattva-bhaktitattva-rasatattva-prānta
saba śikhāila prabhu bhāgavata-siddhānta
Synonyms
kṛṣṇa-tattva — of the truth about Lord Kṛṣṇa; bhakti-tattva — of the truth about devotional service; rasa-tattva — of the truth about transcendental mellows; prānta — the ultimate limit; saba — all; śikhāila — taught; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; bhāgavata-siddhānta — the conclusions of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam..
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu taught Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī the ultimate limit of the truth about Lord Kṛṣṇa, the truth about devotional service and the truth about transcendental mellows, culminating in conjugal love between Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa. Finally He told Rūpa Gosvāmī about the ultimate conclusions of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.
Text 116
Bengali
रामानन्द-पाशे यत सिद्धान्त शुनिला ।
रूपे कृपा करि’ ताहा सव सञ्चारिला ॥ ११६ ॥
Verse text
rāmānanda-pāśe yata siddhānta śunilā
rūpe kṛpā kari’ tāhā saba sañcārilā
Synonyms
rāmānanda-pāśe — from Rāmānanda Rāya; yata — all; siddhānta — the ultimate conclusions; śunilā — He heard; rūpe — unto Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī; kṛpā kari’ — showing His causeless mercy; tāhā saba — all those; sañcārilā — infused.
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu taught Rūpa Gosvāmī all the conclusions He had heard from Rāmānanda Rāya and duly empowered him so that he could understand them.
Text 117
Bengali
श्रीरूप-हृदय़े प्रभु शक्ति सञ्चारिला ।
सर्वतत्त्व-निरूपणे ‘प्रवीण’ करिला ॥ ११७ ॥
Verse text
śrī-rūpa-hṛdaye prabhu śakti sañcārilā
sarva-tattva-nirūpaṇe ‘pravīṇa’ karilā
Synonyms
śrī-rūpa-hṛdaye — in the heart of Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī; prabhu — Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; śakti sañcārilā — infused spiritual strength; sarva-tattva — all conclusive truths; nirūpaṇe — in ascertaining; pravīṇa karilā — made him fully experienced.
Translation
By entering the heart of Rūpa Gosvāmī, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu empowered him to ascertain properly the conclusions of all truths. He made him an experienced devotee whose decisions correctly agreed with the verdicts of the disciplic succession. Thus Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī was personally empowered by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
Purport
The principles of devotional service are only apparently under the jurisdiction of material activity. To be rightly guided, one must be personally guided by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. This was the case with Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī, Sanātana Gosvāmī and other ācāryas.
Text 118
Bengali
शिवानन्द-सेनेर पुत्र ‘कविकर्णपूर’ ।
‘रूपेर मिलन’ स्व-ग्रन्थे लिखिय़ाछेन प्रचुर ॥ ११८ ॥
Verse text
śivānanda-senera putra ‘kavi-karṇapūra’
‘rūpera milana’ sva-granthe likhiyāchena pracura
Synonyms
śivānanda-senera — of Śivānanda Sena; putra — the son; kavi-karṇapūra — Kavi-karṇapūra; rūpera milana — of the meeting with Rūpa Gosvāmī; sva-granthe — in his own book; likhiyāchena pracura — has written profusely.
Translation
In his book Caitanya-candrodaya, Kavi-karṇapūra, the son of Śivānanda Sena, has elaborately described the meeting between Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī and Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
Text 119
Bengali
कालेन वृन्दावनकेलिवार्ता
लुप्तेति तां ख्यापय़ितुं विशिष्य ।
कृपामृतेनाभिषिषेच देव-
स्तत्रैव रूपञ्च सनातनञ्च ॥ ११९ ॥
Verse text
kālena vṛndāvana-keli-vārtā
lupteti tāṁ khyāpayituṁ viśiṣya
kṛpāmṛtenābhiṣiṣeca devas
tatraiva rūpaṁ ca sanātanaṁ ca
Synonyms
kālena — in the course of time; vṛndāvana-keli-vārtā — topics concerning the transcendental mellows of the pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa in Vṛndāvana; luptā — almost lost; iti — thus; tām — all those; khyāpayitum — to enunciate; viśiṣya — making specific; kṛpā-amṛtena — with the nectar of mercy; abhiṣiṣeca — sprinkled; devaḥ — the Lord; tatra — there, in Vṛndāvana; eva — indeed; rūpam — Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī; ca — and; sanātanam — Sanātana Gosvāmī; ca — as well as.
Translation
“In the course of time, the transcendental news of Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes in Vṛndāvana was almost lost. To enunciate explicitly those transcendental pastimes, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu empowered Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī and Sanātana Gosvāmī with the nectar of His mercy to carry out this work in Vṛndāvana.”
Purport
This verse and the following two verses are from Act Nine (38, 29, 30) of the Caitanya-candrodaya, by Śrī Kavi-karṇapūra.
Text 120
Bengali
यः प्रागेव प्रिय़गुणगणैर्गाढ़वद्धोऽपि मुक्तेा
गेहाध्यासाद्रस इव परो मूर्त एवाप्यमूर्तः ।
प्रेमालापैर्दृढ़तरपरिष्वङ्गरङ्गैः प्रय़ागे
तं श्रीरूपं सममनुपमेनानुजग्राह देवः ॥ १२० ॥
Verse text
yaḥ prāg eva priya-guṇa-gaṇair gāḍha-baddho ’pi mukto
gehādhyāsād rasa iva paro mūrta evāpy amūrtaḥ
premālāpair dṛḍhatara-pariṣvaṅga-raṅgaiḥ prayāge
taṁ śrī-rūpaṁ samam anupamenānujagrāha devaḥ
Synonyms
yaḥ — who; prāk eva — previously; priya-guṇa-gaṇaiḥ — by the desirable transcendental qualities of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; gāḍha — deeply; baddhaḥ — attached; api — although; muktaḥ — liberated; geha-adhyāsāt — from the bondage of family life; rasaḥ — transcendental mellows; iva — like; paraḥ — transcendental; mūrtaḥ — personal form; eva — certainly; api — although; amūrtaḥ — without having a material form; prema-ālāpaiḥ — by discussions of transcendental love of the Supreme; dṛḍha-tara — firm; pariṣvaṅga — of embracing; raṅgaiḥ — with great pleasure; prayāge — at Prayāga; tam — to him; śrī-rūpam — Rūpa Gosvāmī; samam — with; anupamena — Anupama; anujagrāha — showed mercy; devaḥ — the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
Translation
“From the very beginning, Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī was deeply attracted by the transcendental qualities of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Thus he was permanently relieved from family life. Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī and his younger brother, Vallabha, were blessed by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Although the Lord was transcendentally situated in His transcendental eternal form, at Prayāga He told Rūpa Gosvāmī about transcendental ecstatic love of Kṛṣṇa. The Lord then embraced him very fondly and bestowed all His mercy upon him.”
Text 121
Bengali
प्रिय़स्वरूपे दय़ितस्वरूपे प्रेमस्वरूपे सहजाभिरूपे ।
निजानुरूपे प्रभुरेकरूपे ततान रूपे स्वविलासरूपे ॥ १२१ ॥
Verse text
priya-svarūpe dayita-svarūpe
prema-svarūpe sahajābhirūpe
nijānurūpe prabhur eka-rūpe
tatāna rūpe sva-vilāsa-rūpe
Synonyms
priya-svarūpe — unto the person whose dear friend was Śrīla Svarūpa Dāmodara Gosvāmī; dayita-svarūpe — who was very dear to Him (Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu); prema-svarūpe — unto the replica of His personal ecstatic love; sahaja-abhirūpe — who was naturally very beautiful; nija-anurūpe — who exactly followed the principles of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; prabhuḥ — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; eka-rūpe — to the one; tatāna — explained; rūpe — unto Rūpa Gosvāmī; sva-vilāsa-rūpe — who describes the pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa.
Translation
“Indeed, Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī, whose dear friend was Svarūpa Dāmodara, was the exact replica of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and he was very, very dear to the Lord. Being the embodiment of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s ecstatic love, Rūpa Gosvāmī was naturally very beautiful. He very carefully followed the principles enunciated by the Lord, and he was a competent person to explain properly the pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu expanded His mercy to Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī just so he could render service by writing transcendental literatures.”
Text 122
Bengali
एइमत कर्णपूर लिखे स्थाने-स्थाने ।
प्रभु कृपा कैला यैछे रूप-सनातने ॥ १२२ ॥
Verse text
ei-mata karṇapūra likhe sthāne-sthāne
prabhu kṛpā kailā yaiche rūpa-sanātane
Synonyms
ei-mata — in this way; karṇapūra — the poet known as Kavi-karṇapūra; likhe — writes; sthāne-sthāne — in various places; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kṛpā kailā — showed His mercy; yaiche — how; rūpa-sanātane — to Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī and Śrīla Sanātana Gosvāmī.
Translation
The characteristics of Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī have thus been described in various places by the poet Kavi-karṇapūra. An account has also been given of how Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu bestowed His causeless mercy upon Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī and Śrīla Sanātana Gosvāmī.
Text 123
Bengali
महाप्रभुर यत वड़ वड़ भक्त मात्र ।
रूप-सनातन — सवार कृपा-गौरव-पात्र ॥ १२३ ॥
Verse text
mahāprabhura yata baḍa baḍa bhakta mātra
rūpa-sanātana — sabāra kṛpā-gaurava-pātra
Synonyms
mahāprabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; yata — all; baḍa baḍa — great, great; bhakta — devotees; mātra — up to; rūpa-sanātana — Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī and Śrīla Sanātana Gosvāmī; sabāra — of everyone; kṛpā — of the mercy; gaurava — and honor; pātra — objects.
Translation
Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī and Sanātana Gosvāmī were the objects of love and honor for all the great stalwart devotees of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
Text 124
Bengali
केह यदि देशे याय़ देखि’ वृन्दावन ।
ताँरे प्रश्न करेन प्रभुर पारिषदगण ॥ १२४ ॥
Verse text
keha yadi deśe yāya dekhi’ vṛndāvana
tāṅre praśna karena prabhura pāriṣada-gaṇa
Synonyms
keha — someone; yadi — if; deśe — to his country; yāya — goes; dekhi’ — after seeing; vṛndāvana — Vṛndāvana; tāṅre — unto that person; praśna karena — put questions; prabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; pāriṣada-gaṇa — personal associates.
Translation
If someone returned to his country after seeing Vṛndāvana, the associates of the Lord would ask him questions.
Text 125
Bengali
“कह, — ताहाँ कैछे रहे रूप-सनातन ?
कैछे रहे, कैछे वैराग्य, कैछे भोजन ? १२५ ॥
Verse text
“kaha, — tāhāṅ kaiche rahe rūpa-sanātana?
kaiche rahe, kaiche vairāgya, kaiche bhojana?
Synonyms
kaha — please describe; tāhāṅ — there; kaiche — how; rahe — remain; rūpa — Rūpa Gosvāmī; sanātana — Sanātana Gosvāmī; kaiche rahe — how do they live; kaiche vairāgya — how do they practice renunciation; kaiche bhojana — how do they eat.
Translation
They would ask those returning from Vṛndāvana, “How are Rūpa and Sanātana doing in Vṛndāvana? What are their activities in the renounced order? How do they manage to eat?” These were the questions asked.
Text 126
Bengali
कैछे अष्टप्रहर करेन श्रीकृष्ण-भजन ?”
तवे प्रशंसिय़ा कहे सेइ भक्तगण ॥ १२६ ॥
Verse text
kaiche aṣṭa-prahara karena śrī-kṛṣṇa-bhajana?”
tabe praśaṁsiyā kahe sei bhakta-gaṇa
Synonyms
kaiche — how; aṣṭa-prahara — twenty-four hours; karena — do; śrī-kṛṣṇa-bhajana — worshiping of Lord Kṛṣṇa; tabe — at that time; praśaṁsiyā — praising; kahe — described; sei bhakta-gaṇa — those devotees.
Translation
The Lord’s associates would also ask, “How is it that Rūpa and Sanātana are engaging in devotional service twenty-four hours daily?” At that time the person who had returned from Vṛndāvana would praise Śrīla Rūpa and Sanātana Gosvāmīs.
Text 127
Bengali
“अनिकेत दुँहे, वने यत वृक्षगण ।
एक एक वृक्षेर तले एक एक रात्रि शय़न ॥ १२७ ॥
Verse text
“aniketa duṅhe, vane yata vṛkṣa-gaṇa
eka eka vṛkṣera tale eka eka rātri śayana
Synonyms
aniketa — without a residence; duṅhe — both of them; vane — in the forest; yata vṛkṣa-gaṇa — as many trees as there are; eka eka vṛkṣera — of one tree after another; tale — at the base; eka eka rātri — one night after another; śayana — lying down to sleep.
Translation
“The brothers actually have no fixed residence. They reside beneath trees — one night under one tree and the next night under another.
Text 128
Bengali
‘विप्रगृहे’ स्थूलभिक्षा, काहाँ माधुकरी ।
शुष्क रुटी-चाना चिवाय़ भेाग परिहरि’ ॥ १२८ ॥
Verse text
‘vipra-gṛhe’ sthūla-bhikṣā, kāhāṅ mādhu-karī
śuṣka ruṭī-cānā civāya bhoga parihari’
Synonyms
vipra-gṛhe — in the house of a brāhmaṇa; sthūla-bhikṣā — full meals; kāhāṅ — sometimes; mādhu-karī — begging little by little, like honeybees; śuṣka — dry; ruṭī — bread; cānā — chickpeas; civāya — chew; bhoga parihari’ — giving up all kinds of material enjoyment.
Translation
“Śrīla Rūpa and Sanātana Gosvāmī beg a little food from the houses of brāhmaṇas. Giving up all kinds of material enjoyment, they take only some dry bread and fried chickpeas.
Text 129
Bengali
करेाँय़ा-मात्र हाते, काँथा छिँड़ा, वहिर्वास ।
कृष्णकथा, कृष्णनाम, नर्तन-उल्लास ॥ १२९ ॥
Verse text
karoṅyā-mātra hāte, kāṅthā chiṅḍā, bahirvāsa
kṛṣṇa-kathā, kṛṣṇa-nāma, nartana-ullāsa
Synonyms
karoṅyā — the waterpot of a sannyāsī; mātra — only; hāte — in the hand; kāṅthā chiṅḍā — torn quilt; bahirvāsa — outer garments; kṛṣṇa-kathā — discussion of Kṛṣṇa’s pastimes; kṛṣṇa-nāma — chanting the holy name of Lord Kṛṣṇa; nartana-ullāsa — dancing in jubilation.
Translation
“They carry only waterpots, and they wear torn quilts. They always chant the holy names of Kṛṣṇa and discuss His pastimes. In great jubilation, they also dance.
Text 130
Bengali
अष्टप्रहर कृष्णभजन, चारि दण्ड शय़ने ।
नाम-सङ्कीर्तने सेह नहे कोन दिने ॥ १३० ॥
Verse text
aṣṭa-prahara kṛṣṇa-bhajana, cāri daṇḍa śayane
nāma-saṅkīrtane seha nahe kona dine
Synonyms
aṣṭa-prahara — twenty-four hours; kṛṣṇa-bhajana — worshiping Lord Kṛṣṇa; cāri daṇḍa — four daṇḍas (one daṇḍa equals twenty-four minutes); śayane — for sleeping; nāma-saṅkīrtane — because of chanting the holy name of the Lord; seha — that much time; nahe — not; kona dine — some days.
Translation
“They engage almost twenty-four hours daily in rendering service to the Lord. They usually sleep only an hour and a half, and some days, when they continuously chant the Lord’s holy name, they do not sleep at all.
Text 131
Bengali
कभु भक्तिरसशास्त्र करय़े लिखन ।
चैतन्यकथा शुने, करे चैतन्य-चिन्तन ॥” १३१ ॥
Verse text
kabhu bhakti-rasa-śāstra karaye likhana
caitanya-kathā śune, kare caitanya-cintana”
Synonyms
kabhu — sometimes; bhakti-rasa-śāstra — transcendental literatures about the mellows of devotional service; karaye likhana — write; caitanya-kathā — talks about the pastimes of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; śune — they hear; kare — do; caitanya-cintana — thinking of Lord Caitanya.
Translation
“Sometimes they write transcendental literatures about devotional service, and sometimes they hear about Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and spend their time thinking about the Lord.”
Text 132
Bengali
एइकथा शुनि’ महान्तेर महासुख हय़ ।
चैतन्येर कृपा याँहे, ताँहे कि विस्मय़ ? १३२ ॥
Verse text
ei-kathā śuni’ mahāntera mahā-sukha haya
caitanyera kṛpā yāṅhe, tāṅhe ki vismaya?
Synonyms
ei-kathā śuni’ — hearing this news; mahāntera — of all the devotees; mahā-sukha — great pleasure; haya — was; caitanyera — of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kṛpā — mercy; yāṅhe — on whom; tāṅhe — in him; ki — what; vismaya — wonderful.
Translation
When the personal associates of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu would hear of the activities of Rūpa and Sanātana Gosvāmīs, they would say, “What is wonderful for a person who has been granted the Lord’s mercy?”
Purport
Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī and Sanātana Gosvāmī had no fixed residence. They stayed beneath a tree for one day only and wrote huge volumes of transcendental literature. They not only wrote books but chanted, danced, discussed Kṛṣṇa and remembered Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s pastimes. Thus they executed devotional service.
In Vṛndāvana there are prākṛta-sahajiyās who say that writing books or even touching books is taboo. For them, devotional service means being relieved from these activities. Whenever they are asked to hear a recitation of Vedic literature, they refuse, saying, “What business do we have reading or hearing transcendental literatures? They are meant for neophytes.” They pose themselves as too elevated to exert energy for reading, writing and hearing. However, pure devotees under the guidance of Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī reject this sahajiyā philosophy. It is certainly not good to write literature for money or reputation, but to write books and publish them for the enlightenment of the general populace is real service to the Lord. That was Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī’s opinion, and he specifically told his disciples to write books. He actually preferred to publish books rather than establish temples. Temple construction is meant for the general populace and neophyte devotees, but the business of advanced and empowered devotees is to write books, publish them and distribute them widely. According to Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura, distributing literature is like playing on a great mṛdaṅga. Consequently we always request members of the International Society for Krishna Consciousness to publish as many books as possible and distribute them widely throughout the world. By thus following in the footsteps of Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī, one can become a rūpānuga devotee.
Text 133
Bengali
चैतन्येर कृपा रूप लिखिय़ाछेन आपने ।
रसामृतसिन्धु-ग्रन्थेर मङ्गलाचरणे ॥ १३३ ॥
Verse text
caitanyera kṛpā rūpa likhiyāchena āpane
rasāmṛta-sindhu-granthera maṅgalācaraṇe
Synonyms
caitanyera — of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; kṛpā — the mercy; rūpa — Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī; likhiyāchena — has written; āpane — personally; rasāmṛta-sindhu-granthera — of the book known as Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu; maṅgala-ācaraṇe — in the auspicious introduction.
Translation
Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī has personally spoken about the mercy of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu in his auspicious introduction to his book Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu [1.1.2].
Text 134
Bengali
हृदि यस्य प्रेरणय़ा प्रवर्तितेाऽहं वराकरूपेाऽपि ।
तस्य हरेः पदकमलं वन्दे चैतन्यदेवस्य ॥ १३४ ॥
Verse text
hṛdi yasya preraṇayā pravartito ’haṁ varāka-rūpo ’pi
tasya hareḥ pada-kamalaṁ vande caitanya-devasya
Synonyms
hṛdi — within the heart; yasya — of whom (the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who gives His pure devotees intelligence with which to spread the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement); preraṇayā — by the inspiration; pravartitaḥ — engaged; aham — I; varāka — insignificant and low; rūpaḥ — Rūpa Gosvāmī; api — although; tasya — of Him; hareḥ — who is Lord Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead; pada-kamalam — to the lotus feet; vande — let me offer my prayers; caitanya-devasya — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
Translation
“Although I am the lowest of men and have no knowledge, the inspiration to write transcendental literatures about devotional service has been mercifully bestowed upon me. Therefore I am offering my obeisances at the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who has given me the chance to write these books.”
Text 135
Bengali
एइमत दशदिन प्रय़ागे रहिय़ा ।
श्रीरूपे शिक्षा दिल शक्ति सञ्चारिय़ा ॥ १३५ ॥
Verse text
ei-mata daśa-dina prayāge rahiyā
śrī-rūpe śikṣā dila śakti sañcāriyā
Synonyms
ei-mata — in this way; daśa-dina — for ten days; prayāge — at Prayāga; rahiyā — staying; śrī-rūpe — to Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī; śikṣā — instructions; dila — imparted; śakti sañcāriyā — bestowing upon him the necessary potency.
Translation
For ten days Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu stayed at Prayāga and instructed Rūpa Gosvāmī, empowering him with the necessary potency.
Purport
This is a confirmation of the statement kṛṣṇa-śakti vinā nahe tāra pravartana. Unless one is specifically empowered by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, he cannot spread the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. An empowered devotee sees and feels himself to be the lowest of men, for he knows that whatever he does is due to the inspiration given by the Lord in the heart. This is confirmed by Lord Kṛṣṇa in the Bhagavad-gītā (10.10):
teṣāṁ satata-yuktānāṁ bhajatāṁ prīti-pūrvakam
dadāmi buddhi-yogaṁ taṁ yena mām upayānti te
“To those who are constantly devoted to serving Me with love, I give the understanding by which they can come to Me.”
To be empowered by the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one has to qualify himself. This means that one must engage twenty-four hours daily in the loving devotional service of the Lord. The material position of a devotee doesn’t matter because devotional service is not dependent on material considerations. In his earlier life, Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī was a government officer and a gṛhastha. He was not even a brahmacārī or sannyāsī. He associated with mlecchas and yavanas, but because he was always eager to serve, he was a qualified recipient for the Lord’s mercy. A sincere devotee can therefore be empowered by the Lord regardless of his situation. In the preceding verse from the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu, Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī has described how he was personally empowered by the Lord. He further states in the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (1.2.187):
īhā yasya harer dāsye karmaṇā manasā girā
nikhilāsv apy avasthāsu jīvan-muktaḥ sa ucyate
“A person acting in the service of Kṛṣṇa with his body, mind and words is a liberated person even in the material world, although he may be engaged in many so-called material activities.”
To keep oneself free from material contamination and attain the Lord’s favor, one must be sincerely eager to render service to the Lord. This is the only qualification necessary. As soon as one is favored by the mercy of the spiritual master and the Lord, one is immediately given all the power necessary to write books and propagate the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement without being hampered by material considerations.
Text 136
Bengali
प्रभु कहे, — शुन, रूप, भक्तिरसेर लक्षण ।
सूत्ररूपे कहि, विस्तार ना याय़ वर्णन ॥ १३६ ॥
Verse text
prabhu kahe, — śuna, rūpa, bhakti-rasera lakṣaṇa
sūtra-rūpe kahi, vistāra nā yāya varṇana
Synonyms
prabhu kahe — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu spoke; śuna — please listen; rūpa — My dear Rūpa; bhakti-rasera — of the transcendental mellows in devotional service; lakṣaṇa — the symptoms; sūtra-rūpe — in the form of a synopsis; kahi — I shall explain; vistāra — the whole breadth; nā — not; yāya — is possible; varṇana — description.
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said, “My dear Rūpa, please listen to Me. It is not possible to describe devotional service completely; therefore I am just trying to give you a synopsis of the symptoms of devotional service.
Text 137
Bengali
पारापार-शून्य गभीर भक्तिरस-सिन्धु ।
तोमाय़ चाखाइते तार कहि एक ‘विन्दु’ ॥ १३७ ॥
Verse text
pārāpāra-śūnya gabhīra bhakti-rasa-sindhu
tomāya cākhāite tāra kahi eka ‘bindu’
Synonyms
pāra-apāra — the length and breadth; śūnya — without; gabhīra — deep; bhakti-rasa — of the mellows in devotional service; sindhu — the ocean; tomāya — to you; cākhāite — to give a taste; tāra — of this ocean; kahi — I shall speak; eka — one; bindu — drop.
Translation
“The ocean of the transcendental mellows of devotional service is so big that no one can estimate its length and breadth. However, just to help you taste it, I am describing but one drop.
Text 138
Bengali
एइत व्रह्माण्ड भरि’ अनन्त जीवगण ।
चौराशी-लक्ष योनिते करय़े भ्रमण ॥ १३८ ॥
Verse text
eita brahmāṇḍa bhari’ ananta jīva-gaṇa
caurāśī-lakṣa yonite karaye bhramaṇa
Synonyms
ei-ta — in this way; brahmāṇḍa — the whole universe; bhari’ — filling; ananta — unlimited; jīva-gaṇa — living entities; caurāśī-lakṣa — 8,400,000; yonite — in species of life; karaye — do; bhramaṇa — wandering.
Translation
“In this universe there are limitless living entities in 8,400,000 species, and all are wandering within this universe.
Purport
This is a challenge to so-called scientists and philosophers who presume that there are living entities on this planet only. So-called scientists are going to the moon, and they say that there is no life there. This does not tally with Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu’s version. He says that everywhere within the universe there are unlimited numbers of living entities in 8,400,000 different forms. In the Bhagavad-gītā (2.24) we find that the living entities are sarva-gata, which means that they can go anywhere. This indicates that there are living entities everywhere. They exist on land, in water, in air, in fire and in ether. Thus there are living entities in all types of material elements. Since the entire material universe is composed of five elements — earth, water, fire, air and ether — why should there be living entities on one planet and not others? Such a foolish version can never be accepted by Vedic students. From the Vedic literatures we understand that there are living entities on each and every planet, regardless of whether the planet is composed of earth, water, fire or air. These living entities may not have the same forms that are found on this planet earth, but they have different forms composed of different elements. Even on this earth we can see that the forms of land animals are different from the forms of aquatics. According to the circumstance, living conditions differ, but undoubtedly there are living entities everywhere. Why should we deny the existence of living entities on this or that planet? Those who have claimed to have gone to the moon have not gone there, or else with their imperfect vision they cannot actually perceive the particular type of living entities there.
The living entities are described as ananta, or unlimited; nonetheless, they are said to belong to 8,400,000 species. As stated in the Viṣṇu Purāṇa:
jala-jā nava-lakṣāṇi sthāvarā lakṣa-viṁśati
kṛmayo rudra-saṅkhyakāḥ pakṣiṇāṁ daśa-lakṣaṇam
triṁśal-lakṣāṇi paśavaḥ catur-lakṣāṇi mānuṣāḥ
“There are 900,000 species living in the water. There are also 2,000,000 nonmoving living entities (sthāvara), such as trees and plants. There are also 1,100,000 species of insects and reptiles, and there are 1,000,000 species of birds. As far as quadrupeds are concerned, there are 3,000,000 varieties, and there are 400,000 human species.” Some of these species may exist on one planet and not on another, but in any case within all the planets of the universe — and even in the sun — there are living entities. This is the verdict of the Vedic literatures. As the Bhagavad-gītā (2.20) confirms:
*na jāyate mriyate vā kadācin *
*nāyaṁ bhūtvā bhavitā vā na bhūyaḥ
ajo nityaḥ śāśvato ’yaṁ purāṇo *
na hanyate hanyamāne śarīre
“For the soul there is neither birth nor death at any time. He has not come into being, does not come into being, and will not come into being. He is unborn, eternal, ever-existing and primeval. He is not slain when the body is slain.”
Since the living entities are never annihilated, they simply transmigrate from one life form to another. Thus there is an evolution of forms according to the degree of developed consciousness. One experiences different degrees of consciousness in different forms. A dog’s consciousness is different from a man’s. Even within a species we find that a father’s consciousness is different from his son’s and that a child’s consciousness is different from a youth’s. Just as we find different forms, we find different states of consciousness. When we see different states of consciousness, we may take it for granted that the bodies are different. In other words, different types of bodies depend on different states of consciousness. This is also confirmed in the Bhagavad-gītā (8.6):
yaṁ yaṁ vāpi smaran bhāvaṁ tyajanty ante kalevaram
taṁ tam evaiti kaunteya sadā tad bhāva-bhāvitaḥ
“One’s consciousness at the time of death determines one’s type of body in the next life.” This is the process of transmigration of the soul. A variety of bodies is already there; we change from one body to another in terms of our consciousness.
Text 139
Bengali
केशाग्र-शतेक-भाग पुनः शतांश करि ।
तार सम सूक्ष्म जीवेर ‘स्वरूप’ विचारि ॥ १३९ ॥
Verse text
keśāgra-śateka-bhāga punaḥ śatāṁśa kari
tāra sama sūkṣma jīvera ‘svarūpa’ vicāri
Synonyms
keśa-agra — from the tip of a hair; śata-eka — one hundred; bhāga — divisions; punaḥ — again; śata-aṁśa — one hundred divisions; kari — making; tāra sama — equal to that; sūkṣma — very fine; jīvera — of the living entity; svarūpa — the actual form; vicāri — I consider.
Translation
“The length and breadth of the living entity is described as one ten-thousandth part of the tip of a hair. This is the original subtle nature of the living entity.
Text 140
Bengali
केशाग्रशतभागस्य शतांशसदृशात्मकः ।
जीवः सूक्ष्मस्वरूपोऽय़ं सङ्ख्यातीतो हि चित्कणः ॥ १४० ॥
Verse text
keśāgra-śata-bhāgasya
śatāṁśa-sadṛśātmakaḥ
jivaḥ sūkṣma-svarūpo ’yaṁ
saṅkhyātīto hi cit-kaṇaḥ
Synonyms
keśa-agra — of the tip of a hair; śata-bhāgasya — of one hundredth; śata-aṁśa — a hundredth part; sadṛśa — equal to; ātmakaḥ — whose nature; jīvaḥ — the living entity; sūkṣma — very fine; svarūpaḥ — identification; ayam — this; saṅkhya-atītaḥ — numbering beyond calculation; hi — certainly; cit-kaṇaḥ — spiritual particle.
Translation
“ ‘If we divide the tip of a hair into a hundred parts and then take one of these parts and divide it again into a hundred parts, that very fine division is the size of but one of the numberless living entities. They are all cit-kaṇa, particles of spirit, not matter.’
Purport
This is quoted from the commentary on the portion of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam wherein the Vedas personified offer their obeisances unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Lord Kṛṣṇa confirms this statement in the Bhagavad-gītā (15.7): mamaivāṁśo jīva-loke jīva-bhūtaḥ sanātanaḥ. “The living entities in this conditioned world are My eternal fragmental parts.”
Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa personally identifies Himself with the minute living entities. Lord Kṛṣṇa is the supreme spirit, the Supersoul, and the living entities are His very minute parts and parcels. Of course, we cannot divide the tip of a hair into such fine particles, but spiritually such small particles can exist. Spiritual strength is so powerful that a mere atomic portion of spirit can be the biggest brain in the material world. The same spiritual spark is within an ant and within the body of Brahmā. According to his karma, material activities, the spiritual spark attains a certain type of body. Material activities are carried out in goodness, passion and ignorance or a combination of these. According to the mixture of the modes of material nature, the living entity is awarded a particular type of body. This is the conclusion.
Text 141
Bengali
वालाग्रशतभागस्य शतधा कल्पितस्य च ।
भागो जीवः स विज्ञेय़ इति चाह परा श्रुतिः ॥ १४१ ॥
Verse text
bālāgra-śata-bhāgasya
śatadhā kalpitasya ca
bhāgo jīvaḥ sa vijñeya
iti cāha parā śrutiḥ
Synonyms
bāla-agra — the tip of a hair; śata-bhāgasya — of one hundredth; śatadhā — into one hundred parts; kalpitasya — divided; ca — and; bhāgaḥ — minute portion; jīvaḥ — the living entity; saḥ — that; vijñeyaḥ — to be understood; iti — thus; ca — and; āha — have said; parā — chief; śrutiḥ — Vedic mantras..
Translation
“ ‘If we divide the tip of a hair into one hundred parts and then take one part and divide this into another one hundred parts, that ten-thousandth part is the dimension of the living entity. This is the verdict of the chief Vedic mantras.’
Purport
The first three padas of this verse from the Pañcadaśī-citra-dīpa (81) are taken from the Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad (5.9).
Text 142
Bengali
सूक्ष्माणामप्यहं जीवः ॥ १४२ ॥
Verse text
sūkṣmāṇām apy ahaṁ jīvaḥ
Synonyms
sūkṣmāṇām — of the minute particles; api — certainly; aham — I; jīvaḥ — the living entity.
Translation
“[Lord Kṛṣṇa says:] ‘Among minute particles, I am the living entity.’
Purport
The living entity is one with and different from the Supreme Personality of Godhead. As spirit soul, the living entity is one in quality with the Supreme Lord; however, the Supreme Lord is bigger than the biggest, and the living entity is the smallest of the small. This quotation is the third pada of a verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.16.11).
Text 143
Bengali
अपरिमिता ध्रुवास्तनुभृतो यदि सर्वगता-
स्तर्हि न शास्यतेति निय़मो ध्रुव नेतरथा ।
अजनि च यन्मय़ं तदविमुच्य निय़न्तृ भवेत्
सममनुजानतां यदमतं मतदुष्टतय़ा ॥ १४३ ॥
Verse text
aparimitā dhruvās tanu-bhṛto yadi sarva-gatās
tarhi na śāsyateti niyamo dhruva netarathā
ajani ca yan-mayaṁ tad avimucya niyantṛ bhavet
samam anujānatāṁ yad amataṁ mata-duṣṭatayā
Synonyms
aparimitāḥ — unlimited in number; dhruvāḥ — eternals; tanu-bhṛtaḥ — who have accepted material bodies; yadi — if; sarva-gatāḥ — all-pervading; tarhi — then; na — not; śāsyatā — controllable; iti — thus; niyamaḥ — regulation; dhruva — O Supreme Truth; na — not; itarathā — in another manner; ajani — have been born; ca — and; yat-mayam — consisting of which; tat — that; avimucya — without giving up; niyantṛ — controller; bhavet — may become; samam — equal in all respects; anujānatām — of those who follow this philosophical calculation; yat — that; amatam — not conclusive; mata-duṣṭatayā — by faulty calculations.
Translation
“ ‘O Lord, although the living entities who have accepted material bodies are spiritual and unlimited in number, if they were all-pervading there would be no question of their being under Your control. If they are accepted, however, as particles of the eternally existing spiritual entity — as part of You, who are the supreme spirit whole — we must conclude that they are always under Your control. If the living entities are simply satisfied with being identical with You as spiritual particles, then they will be happy being controllers of so many things. The conclusion that the living entities and the Supreme Personality of Godhead are one and the same is a faulty conclusion. It is not a fact.’
Purport
This verse, which is also from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.87.30), was spoken by the personified Vedas.
Text 144
Bengali
तार मध्ये ‘स्थावर’, ‘जङ्गम’ — दुइ भेद ।
जङ्गमे तिर्यक्-जल-स्थलचर-विभेद ॥ १४४ ॥
Verse text
tāra madhye ‘sthāvara’, ‘jaṅgama’ — dui bheda
jaṅgame tiryak-jala-sthalacara-vibheda
Synonyms
tāra madhye — among the living entities who are conditioned within the material world; sthāvara — immobile; jaṅgama — mobile; dui bheda — two divisions; jaṅgame — among the living entities who can move; tiryak — the living entities who can move in the air (the birds); jala — or living entities who can move within the water; sthala-cara — living entities who can move on land; vibheda — three divisions.
Translation
“The unlimited living entities can be divided into two divisions — those that can move and those that cannot move. Among living entities that can move, there are birds, aquatics and animals.
Purport
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is giving clear instructions on how the living entities live under different conditions. There are trees, plants and stones that cannot move, but still they must be considered living entities, or spiritual sparks. The soul is present in bodies like those of trees, plants and stones. They are all living entities. Among moving living entities such as birds, aquatics and animals, the same spiritual spark is there. As stated herein, there are living entities that can fly, swim and walk. We must also conclude that there are living entities that can move within fire and ether. Living entities have different material bodies composed of earth, water, air, fire and ether. The words tāra madhye mean “within this universe.” The entire material universe is composed of five material elements. It is not true that living entities reside only within this planet and not within others. Such a conclusion is completely contradictory to the Vedas. As stated in the Bhagavad-gītā (2.24):
acchedyo ’yam adāhyo ’yam akledyo ’śoṣya eva ca
nityaḥ sarva-gataḥ sthāṇur acalo ’yaṁ sanātanaḥ
“This individual soul is unbreakable and insoluble, and can be neither burned nor dried. He is everlasting, present everywhere, unchangeable, immovable and eternally the same.”
The soul has nothing to do with the material elements. Any material element can be cut to pieces, especially earth. As far as the living entity is concerned, however, he can be neither burned nor cut to pieces. He can therefore live within fire. We can conclude that there are also living entities within the sun. Why should living entities be denied this planet or that planet? According to the Vedas, the living entities can live anywhere and everywhere — on land, in water, in air and in fire. Whatever the condition, the living entity is unchangeable (sthāṇu). From the statements of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and the Bhagavad-gītā, we are to conclude that living entities exist everywhere throughout the universes. They are distributed as trees, plants, aquatics, birds, human beings and so on.
Text 145
Bengali
तार मध्ये मनुष्य-जाति अति अल्पतर ।
तार मध्ये म्लेच्छ, पुलिन्द, वौद्ध, शवर ॥ १४५ ॥
Verse text
tāra madhye manuṣya-jāti ati alpatara
tāra madhye mleccha, pulinda, bauddha, śabara
Synonyms
tāra madhye — among all such living entities; manuṣya-jāti — entities born as human beings; ati — very; alpatara — small in quantity; tāra madhye — among the small quantity of human beings; mleccha — uncivilized men who cannot follow the Vedic principles; pulinda — unregulated; bauddha — followers of Buddhist philosophy; śabara — the lowest of men (the hunter class).
Translation
“Although the living entities known as human beings are very small in quantity, that division may be still further subdivided, for there are many uncultured human beings like mlecchas, pulindas, bauddhas and śabaras.
Text 146
Bengali
वेदनिष्ठ-मध्ये अर्धेक वेद ‘मुखे’ माने ।
वेदनिषिद्ध पाप करे, धर्म नाहि गणे ॥ १४६ ॥
Verse text
veda-niṣṭha-madhye ardheka veda ‘mukhe’ māne
veda-niṣiddha pāpa kare, dharma nāhi gaṇe
Synonyms
veda-niṣṭha-madhye — among persons who are followers of the Vedas; ardheka — almost half; veda — Vedic scriptures; mukhe — in the mouth; māne — accept; veda-niṣiddha — forbidden in the Vedas; pāpa — sins; kare — perform; dharma — religious principles; nāhi — not; gaṇe — count.
Translation
“Among human beings, those who are followers of the Vedic principles are considered civilized. Among these, almost half simply give lip service while committing all kinds of sinful activities against these principles. Such people do not care for the regulative principles.
Purport
The word veda means “knowledge.” Supreme knowledge consists of understanding the Supreme Personality of Godhead and our relationship with Him and acting according to that relationship. Action in accordance with the Vedic principles is called religion. Religion means following the orders of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The Vedic principles are the injunctions given by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Āryans are civilized human beings who have been following the Vedic principles since time immemorial. No one can trace out the history of the Vedic principles set forth so that man might understand the Supreme Being. Literature or knowledge that seeks the Supreme Being can be accepted as a bona fide religious system, but there are many different types of religious systems according to the place, the disciples and the people’s capacity to understand.
The highest type of religious system is described in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (1.2.6) thus: sa vai puṁsāṁ paro dharmo yato bhaktir adhokṣaje. The highest form of religion is that by which one becomes fully conscious of the existence of God, including His form, name, qualities, pastimes, abode and all-pervasive features. When everything is completely known, that is the perfection of Vedic knowledge. The fulfillment of Vedic knowledge is systematic knowledge of the characteristics of God. This is confirmed by Lord Kṛṣṇa in the Bhagavad-gītā (15.15): vedaiś ca sarvair aham eva vedyaḥ. The aim of Vedic knowledge is to understand God. Therefore those who are actually following Vedic knowledge and searching after God cannot commit sinful activities against the Supreme Lord’s order. However, in this Age of Kali, although men profess to belong to so many different kinds of religions, most of them commit sinful activities against the orders of the Vedic scriptures. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu therefore says herein, veda-niṣiddha pāpa kare, dharma nāhi gaṇe. In this age, men may profess a religion, but they actually do not follow the principles. Instead, they commit all kinds of sins.
Text 147
Bengali
धर्माचारि-मध्ये वहुत ‘कर्मनिष्ठ’ ।
कोटि-कर्मनिष्ठ-मध्ये एक ‘ज्ञानी’ श्रेष्ठ ॥ १४७ ॥
Verse text
dharmācāri-madhye bahuta ‘karma-niṣṭha’
koṭi-karma-niṣṭha-madhye eka ‘jñānī’ śreṣṭha
Synonyms
dharma-ācāri-madhye — among persons who actually follow the Vedic principles or religious system; bahuta — many of them; karma-niṣṭha — attracted to fruitive activities; koṭi-karma-niṣṭha-madhye — among millions of such performers of fruitive activities according to Vedic principles; eka — one; jñānī — wise man; śreṣṭha — the chief.
Translation
“Among the followers of Vedic knowledge, most are following the process of fruitive activity and distinguishing between good and bad work. Out of many such sincere fruitive actors, there may be one who is actually wise.
Purport
Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura states that the word karma-niṣṭha refers to one who aspires to enjoy the results of his good work and pious activity. Some followers of Vedic principles offer everything to the Absolute Truth and do not aspire to enjoy the results of their pious actions. These are also considered among the karma-niṣṭhas. Sometimes we see pious men earn money with great hardship and then spend the money for some pious cause by opening public charities, schools and hospitals. Whether one earns money for himself or for the public benefit, he is called a karma-niṣṭha. Out of millions of karma-niṣṭhas there may be one who is wise. Those who try to avoid fruitive activity and who become silent in order to merge into the spiritual existence of the Absolute Truth are generally known as jñānīs, wise men. They are not interested in fruitive activity but in merging into the Supreme. In either case, both the karma-niṣṭhas and the jñānīs are interested in personal benefit. The karmīs are directly interested in personal benefit within the material world, and the jñānīs are interested in merging into the existence of the Supreme. The jñānīs maintain that fruitive activity is imperfect. For them, perfection is the cessation of work and the merging into the supreme existence. That is their goal in life. The jñānī wants to extinguish the distinction between knowledge, the knower and the aim of knowledge. This philosophy is called monism, or oneness, and is characterized by spiritual silence.
Text 148
Bengali
कोटिज्ञानि-मध्ये हय़ एकजन ‘मुक्त’ ।
कोटिमुक्त-मध्ये ‘दुर्लभ’ एक कृष्णभक्त ॥ १४८ ॥
Verse text
koṭi-jñāni-madhye haya eka-jana ‘mukta’
koṭi-mukta-madhye ‘durlabha’ eka kṛṣṇa-bhakta
Synonyms
koṭi-jñāni-madhye — out of many millions of such wise men; haya — there is; eka-jana — one person; mukta — actually liberated; koṭi-mukta-madhye — out of many millions of such liberated persons; durlabha — very rare; eka — one; kṛṣṇa-bhakta — pure devotee of Lord Kṛṣṇa.
Translation
“Out of many millions of such wise men, one may actually become liberated [mukta], and out of many millions of such liberated persons, a pure devotee of Lord Kṛṣṇa is very difficult to find.
Purport
In Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.2.32) it is said that due to their poor fund of knowledge, the jñānīs are not actually liberated. They simply think that they are liberated. The perfection of knowledge culminates when one comes to the platform of knowing the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Brahmeti paramātmeti bhagavān iti śabdyate. The Absolute Truth (satya-vastu) is described as Brahman, Paramātmā and Bhagavān. Knowledge of impersonal Brahman and the Supersoul is imperfect until one comes to the platform of knowing the Supreme Personality of Godhead. It is therefore clearly said in this verse, koṭi-mukta-madhye ‘durlabha’ eka kṛṣṇa-bhakta. Those who search after the knowledge of impersonal Brahman or localized Paramātmā are certainly accepted as liberated, but due to their imperfect knowledge they are described in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam as vimukta-māninaḥ. Since their knowledge is imperfect, their conception of liberation is imperfect. Perfect knowledge is possible when one knows the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is supported by Lord Kṛṣṇa in the Bhagavad-gītā (5.29):
bhoktāraṁ yajña-tapasāṁ sarva-loka-maheśvaram
suhṛdaṁ sarva-bhūtānāṁ jñātvā māṁ śāntim ṛcchati
“A person in full consciousness of Me, knowing Me to be the ultimate beneficiary of all sacrifices and austerities, the Supreme Lord of all planets and demigods, and the benefactor and well-wisher of all living entities, attains peace from the pangs of material miseries.”
Research is going on for the karmīs, jñānīs and yogīs, but until the search is complete, no one can attain peace. Therefore the Bhagavad-gītā says, jñātvā māṁ śāntim ṛcchati: one can actually attain peace when he knows Kṛṣṇa. This is described in the next verse.
Text 149
Bengali
कृष्णभक्त — निष्काम, अतएव ‘शान्त’ ।
भुक्ति-मुक्ति-सिद्धि — कामी सकलि ‘अशान्त’ ॥ १४९ ॥
Verse text
kṛṣṇa-bhakta — niṣkāma, ataeva ‘śānta’
bhukti-mukti-siddhi-kāmī — sakali ‘aśānta’
Synonyms
kṛṣṇa-bhakta — a devotee of Lord Kṛṣṇa; niṣkāma — actually desireless; ataeva — therefore; śānta — peaceful; bhukti — of material enjoyment; mukti — of liberation from material activities; siddhi — of perfection in yogic performance; kāmī — those who are desirous; sakali — all of them; aśānta — not peaceful.
Translation
“Because a devotee of Lord Kṛṣṇa is desireless, he is peaceful. Fruitive workers desire material enjoyment, jñānīs desire liberation, and yogīs desire material opulence; therefore they are all lusty and cannot be peaceful.
Purport
The devotee of Lord Kṛṣṇa has no desire other than serving Kṛṣṇa. Even so-called liberated people are full of desires. Fruitive actors desire better living accommodations, and jñānīs want to be one with the Supreme. Yogīs desire material opulence, yogic perfections and magic. All of these nondevotees are lusty (kāmī). Because they desire something, they cannot have peace.
The peace formula is given by Kṛṣṇa in the Bhagavad-gītā (5.29):
bhoktāraṁ yajña-tapasāṁ sarva-loka-maheśvaram
suhṛdaṁ sarva-bhūtānāṁ jñātvā māṁ śāntim ṛcchati
One who simply understands that throughout the entire universe Kṛṣṇa is the supreme enjoyer and beneficiary of all kinds of sacrifices, penances and austerities, which should be performed only to attain His devotional service, that Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Being and thus the proprietor of all the material worlds, and that Kṛṣṇa is the only friend who can actually do good to all living entities (suhṛdaṁ sarvabhūtānām) — one who understands these three principles about Kṛṣṇa immediately becomes desireless (niṣkāma) and therefore peaceful. A kṛṣṇa-bhakta knows that his friend and protector in all respects is Kṛṣṇa, who is able to do anything for His devotee. Kṛṣṇa says, kaunteya pratijānīhi na me bhaktaḥ praṇaśyati: “O son of Kuntī, declare it boldly that My devotee never perishes.” Since Kṛṣṇa gives this assurance, the devotee lives in Kṛṣṇa and has no desire for personal benefit. The background for the devotee is the all-good Himself. Why should the devotee aspire for something good for himself? His only business is to please the Supreme by rendering as much service as possible. A kṛṣṇa-bhakta has no desire for his own personal benefit. He is completely protected by the Supreme. Avaśya rakṣibe kṛṣṇa viśvāsa pālana. Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura says that he is desireless because Kṛṣṇa will give him protection in all circumstances. It is not that he expects any assistance from Kṛṣṇa; he simply depends on Kṛṣṇa just as a child depends on his parents. The child does not know how to expect service from his parents, but he is always protected nevertheless. This is called niṣkāma (desirelessness).
Although karmīs, jñānīs and yogīs fulfill their desires by performing various activities, they are never satisfied. A karmī may work very hard to acquire a million dollars, but as soon as he gets a million dollars he desires another million. For the karmīs, there is no end of desire. The more the karmī gets, the more he desires. The jñānīs cannot be desireless because their intelligence is unsound. They want to merge into the Brahman effulgence, but even though they may be raised to that platform, they cannot be satisfied there. There are many jñānīs or sannyāsīs who, after taking sannyāsa and giving up the world as false, return to the world to engage in politics or philanthropy or to open schools and hospitals. This means that they could not attain the real Brahman (brahma satyam). They have to come down to the material platform to engage in philanthropic activity. Thus they again cultivate desires, and when these desires are exhausted, they desire something different. Therefore the jñānī cannot be niṣkāma, desireless. Nor can the yogīs be desireless, for they desire yogic perfections in order to exhibit some magical feats and gain popularity. People gather around these yogīs, and the yogīs desire more and more adulation. Because they misuse their mystic power, they fall down again to the material platform. It is not possible for them to become niṣkāma, desireless.
The conclusion is that only the devotees, who are simply satisfied in serving the Lord, can actually become desireless. Therefore Caitanya Mahāprabhu says here, kṛṣṇa-bhakta niṣkāma. Since the kṛṣṇa-bhakta, the devotee of Kṛṣṇa, is satisfied with Kṛṣṇa, there is no possibility of falldown.
Text 150
Bengali
मुक्तानामपि सिद्धानां नाराय़णपराय़णः ।
सुदुर्लभः प्रशान्तात्मा कोटिष्वपि महामुने ॥ १५० ॥
Verse text
muktānām api siddhānāṁ
nārāyaṇa-parāyaṇaḥ
sudurlabhaḥ praśāntātmā
koṭiṣv api mahā-mune
Synonyms
muktānām — of persons liberated or freed from the bondage of ignorance; api — even; siddhānām — of persons who have achieved perfection; nārāyaṇa — of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; parāyaṇaḥ — the devotee; su-durlabhaḥ — very rare; praśānta-ātmā — completely satisfied, desireless; koṭiṣu — among many millions; api — certainly; mahā-mune — O great sage.
Translation
“ ‘O great sage, out of many millions of materially liberated people who are free from ignorance, and out of many millions of siddhas who have nearly attained perfection, there is hardly one pure devotee of Nārāyaṇa. Only such a devotee is actually completely satisfied and peaceful.’
Purport
This verse is quoted from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (6.14.5). The nārāyaṇa-parāyaṇa, the devotee of Lord Nārāyaṇa, is the only blissful person. One who becomes a nārāyaṇa-parāyaṇa is already liberated from material bondage. He already possesses all the perfections of yoga. Unless one comes to the platform of nārāyaṇa-parāyaṇa and passes over the platform of bhukti-mukti-siddhi, he cannot be fully satisfied. That is the pure devotional stage.
anyābhilāṣitā-śūnyaṁ jñāna-karmādy-anāvṛtam
ānukūlyena kṛṣṇānu- śīlanaṁ bhaktir uttamā
One who desires nothing but Kṛṣṇa and who is not influenced by the process of jñāna-mārga (cultivation of knowledge) actually becomes free from ignorance. A first-class person is one who is not influenced by karma (fruitive activity) or yoga (mystic power). He simply depends on Kṛṣṇa and is satisfied in his devotional service. According to Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (6.17.28): nārāyaṇa-parāḥ sarve na kutaścana bibhyati. Such a person is never afraid of anything. For him, heaven and hell are the same. Not knowing the situation of a nārāyaṇaparāyaṇa, rascals become envious. By the grace of Nārāyaṇa, a devotee is situated in the most opulent position in the material world. Rascals are envious of Nārāyaṇa and His devotee, but the devotee endeavors to please another devotee of Nārāyaṇa because he knows that by pleasing Nārāyaṇa’s representative one directly pleases Lord Nārāyaṇa. Therefore a devotee offers the best comforts and facilities to his spiritual master. Outsiders who have no knowledge of Nārāyaṇa are envious of both Nārāyaṇa and His devotee. Consequently when they see that Nārāyaṇa’s devotee is opulently situated, they become even more envious. But when the devotee of Nārāyaṇa asks such foolish people to come live with him in the same comfortable situation, they do not agree because they cannot give up illicit sex, meat-eating, intoxication and gambling. Therefore the materialist refuses the company of a nārāyaṇa-parāyaṇa, although he is envious of the devotee’s material situation. In Western countries when ordinary men — storekeepers and workers — see our devotees living and eating sumptuously and yet not working, they become very eager to know where they get the money. Such people become envious and ask, “How is it possible to live so comfortably without working? How is it you have so many cars, bright faces and nice clothes?” Not knowing that Kṛṣṇa looks after His devotees, such people become surprised, and some become envious.
Text 151
Bengali
व्रह्माण्ड भ्रमिते कोन भाग्यवान् जीव ।
गुरु-कृष्ण-प्रसादे पाय़ भक्तिलता-वीज ॥ १५१ ॥
Verse text
brahmāṇḍa bhramite kona bhāgyavān jīva
guru-kṛṣṇa-prasāde pāya bhakti-latā-bīja
Synonyms
brahmāṇḍa bhramite — wandering in this universe; kona — some; bhāgyavān — most fortunate; jīva — living being; guru — of the spiritual master; kṛṣṇa — of Kṛṣṇa; prasāde — by the mercy; pāya — gets; bhakti-latā — of the creeper of devotional service; bīja — the seed.
Translation
“According to their karma, all living entities are wandering throughout the entire universe. Some of them are being elevated to the upper planetary systems, and some are going down into the lower planetary systems. Out of many millions of wandering living entities, one who is very fortunate gets an opportunity to associate with a bona fide spiritual master by the grace of Kṛṣṇa. By the mercy of both Kṛṣṇa and the spiritual master, such a person receives the seed of the creeper of devotional service.
Purport
When we speak of brahmāṇḍa, we refer to the whole universe, or to the cluster of many millions of universes. In all the universes there are innumerable planets, and there are innumerable living entities upon those planets — in the air, on land and in the water. There are millions and trillions of living entities everywhere, and they are engaged by māyā in suffering and enjoying the results of their fruitive activity, life after life. This is the position of the materially conditioned living entities. Out of many of these living entities, one who is actually fortunate (bhāgyavān) comes in contact with a bona fide spiritual master by Kṛṣṇa’s mercy.
Kṛṣṇa is situated in everyone’s heart, and if one desires something, Kṛṣṇa fulfills one’s desire. If the living entity by chance or fortune comes in contact with the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement and wishes to associate with that movement, Kṛṣṇa, who is situated in everyone’s heart, gives him the chance to meet a bona fide spiritual master. This is called guru-kṛṣṇa-prasāda. Kṛṣṇa is prepared to bestow His mercy upon all living entities, and as soon as a living entity desires the Lord’s mercy, the Lord immediately gives him an opportunity to meet a bona fide spiritual master. Such a fortunate person is fortified by both Kṛṣṇa and the spiritual master. He is helped from within by Kṛṣṇa and from without by the spiritual master. Both are prepared to help the sincere living being become free from material bondage.
How one can become this fortunate can be seen in the life of Śrīla Nārada Muni. In his previous life he was born of a maidservant. Although he was not born into a prestigious position, his mother was fortunately engaged in rendering service to some Vaiṣṇavas. When these Vaiṣṇavas were resting during the Cāturmāsya period, the boy Nārada took the opportunity to engage in their service. Taking compassion upon the boy, the Vaiṣṇavas offered him the remnants of their food. By serving these Vaiṣṇavas and obeying their orders, the boy became the object of their sympathy, and by the Vaiṣṇavas’ unknown mercy, he gradually became a pure devotee. In the next life he was Nārada Muni, the most exalted of Vaiṣṇavas and the most important guru and ācārya of Vaiṣṇavas.
Following in the footsteps of Nārada Muni, this Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement is rendering service to humanity by giving everyone a chance to come in contact with Kṛṣṇa. If one is fortunate, he becomes intimately related with this movement. Then, by the grace of Kṛṣṇa, one’s life becomes successful. Everyone has dormant kṛṣṇa-bhakti — love for Kṛṣṇa — and in the association of good devotees, that love is revealed. As stated in the Caitanya-caritāmṛta (Madhya 22.107):
nitya-siddha-kṛṣṇa-prema ‘sādhya’ kabhu naya
śravaṇādi-śuddha-citte karaye udaya
Dormant devotional service to Kṛṣṇa is within everyone. Simply by associating with devotees, hearing their good instructions and chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra, dormant love for Kṛṣṇa is awakened. In this way one acquires the seed of devotional service. Guru-kṛṣṇa-prasāde pāya bhakti-latā-bīja.
Text 152
Bengali
माली हञा करे सेइ वीज आरोपण ।
श्रवण-कीर्तन-जले करय़े सेचन ॥ १५२ ॥
Verse text
mālī hañā kare sei bīja āropaṇa
śravaṇa-kīrtana-jale karaye secana
Synonyms
mālī hañā — becoming a gardener; kare — does; sei — that; bīja — seed of devotional service; āropaṇa — sowing; śravaṇa — of hearing; kīrtana — of chanting; jale — with the water; karaye — does; secana — sprinkling.
Translation
“When a person receives the seed of devotional service, he should take care of it by becoming a gardener and sowing the seed in his heart. If he waters the seed gradually by the process of śravaṇa and kīrtana [hearing and chanting], the seed will begin to sprout.
Purport
To live with devotees or to live in a temple means to associate with the śravaṇa-kīrtana process. Sometimes neophyte devotees think that they can continue the śravaṇa-kīrtana process without worshiping the Deity, but the execution of such śravaṇa-kīrtana is meant for highly developed devotees like Haridāsa Ṭhākura, who engaged in the śravaṇa-kīrtana process without worshiping the Deity. However, one should not falsely imitate Haridāsa Ṭhākura and abandon Deity worship just to try to engage in śravaṇa-kīrtana. This is not possible for neophyte devotees.
The word guru-prasāda indicates that the spiritual master is very merciful in bestowing the boon of devotional service upon the disciple. That is the best possible gift the spiritual master has to offer. Those with a background of pious life are eligible to receive life’s supreme benefit, and to bestow this benefit, the Supreme Personality of Godhead sends His representative to impart His mercy. endowed with the mercy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the spiritual master distributes the mercy to those who are elevated and pious. Thus the spiritual master trains his disciples to render devotional service unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is called guru-kṛpā. It is kṛṣṇa-prasāda, Kṛṣṇa’s mercy, that He sends a bona fide spiritual master to the deserving disciple. By the mercy of Kṛṣṇa, one meets the bona fide spiritual master, and by the mercy of the spiritual master, the disciple is fully trained in the devotional service of the Lord.
Bhakti-latā-bīja means “the seed of devotional service.” Everything has an original cause, or seed. For any idea, program, plan or device, there is first of all the contemplation of the plan, and that is called the bīja, or seed. The methods, rules and regulations by which one is perfectly trained in devotional service constitute the bhakti-latā-bīja, or seed of devotional service. This bhakti-latā-bīja is received from the spiritual master by the grace of Kṛṣṇa. Other seeds, called anyābhilāṣa-bīja, include karma-bīja and jñāna-bīja. If one is not fortunate enough to receive the bhakti-latā-bīja from the spiritual master, he instead cultivates such seeds as karma-bīja, jñāna-bīja, or political, social or philanthropic bījas. However, the bhakti-latā-bīja is different from these other bījas. The bhakti-latā-bīja can be received only through the mercy of the spiritual master. Therefore one has to satisfy the spiritual master to get the bhakti-latā-bīja (yasya prasādād bhagavat-prasādaḥ). The bhakti-latā-bīja is the origin of devotional service. Unless one satisfies the spiritual master, he gets the bīja, or root cause, of karma, jñāna and yoga without the benefit of devotional service. But one who is faithful to his spiritual master gets the bhakti-latā-bīja. This bhakti-latā-bīja is received when one is initiated by the bona fide spiritual master. After receiving the spiritual master’s mercy, one must repeat his instructions, and this is called śravaṇa-kīrtana — hearing and chanting. One who has not properly heard from the spiritual master or who does not follow the regulative principles is not fit for chanting (kīrtana). This is explained in the Bhagavad-gītā (2.41): vyavasāyātmikā buddhir ekeha kuru-nandana. One who has not listened carefully to the instructions of the spiritual master is unfit for chanting or for preaching the cult of devotional service. One has to water the bhakti-latā-bīja by receiving instructions from the spiritual master.
Text 153
Bengali
उपजिय़ा वाड़े लता ‘व्रह्माण्ड’ भेदि’ याय़ ।
‘विरजा’, ‘व्रह्मलोक’ भेदि’ ‘परव्योम’ पाय़ ॥ १५३ ॥
Verse text
upajiyā bāḍe latā ‘brahmāṇḍa’ bhedi’ yāya
‘virajā’, ‘brahma-loka’ bhedi’ ‘para-vyoma’ pāya
Synonyms
upajiyā — being cultivated; bāḍe — grows; latā — the creeper of devotional service; brahmāṇḍa — the whole universe; bhedi’ — penetrating; yāya — goes; virajā — the river between the spiritual world and the material world; brahma-loka — the Brahman effulgence; bhedi’ — penetrating; para-vyoma — the spiritual sky; pāya — attains.
Translation
“As one waters the bhakti-latā-bīja, the seed sprouts, and the creeper gradually grows to the point where it penetrates the walls of this universe and goes beyond the Virajā River, lying between the spiritual world and the material world. It attains brahma-loka, the Brahman effulgence, and penetrating through that stratum, it reaches the spiritual sky and the spiritual planet Goloka Vṛndāvana.
Purport
A creeper generally takes shelter of a big tree, but the bhakti-latā, being the creeper of spiritual energy, cannot take shelter of any material planet, for there is no tree on any material planet that the bhakti creeper can utilize for shelter. In other words, devotional service cannot be utilized for any material purpose. Devotional service is meant only for the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Sometimes men with a poor fund of knowledge maintain that bhakti can be applied to material things also. In other words, they say that devotional service can be rendered to one’s country or to the demigods, but this is not a fact. Devotional service is especially meant for the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and it is beyond this material range. There is a river, or causal ocean, between the spiritual and material natures, and this river is free from the influence of the three modes of material nature; therefore it is called Virajā. The prefix vi means vigata (“completely eradicated”), and rajas means “the influence of the material world.” On this platform, a living entity is completely free from material entanglement. For the jñānīs who want to merge into the Brahman effulgence, there is Brahma-loka*.* The bhakti-latā, however, has no shelter in the material world, nor has it shelter in Brahma-loka, although Brahma-loka is beyond the material world. The bhakti-latā grows until it reaches the spiritual sky, where Goloka Vṛndāvana is situated.
Text 154
Bengali
तवे याय़ तदुपरि ‘गोलोक-वृन्दावन’ ।
‘कृष्णचरण’-कल्पवृक्षे करे आरोहण ॥ १५४ ॥
Verse text
tabe yāya tad-upari ‘goloka-vṛndāvana’
‘kṛṣṇa-caraṇa’-kalpa-vṛkṣe kare ārohaṇa
Synonyms
tabe — thereafter; yāya — goes; tat-upari — to the top of that (the spiritual sky); goloka-vṛndāvana — to the planet known as Goloka Vṛndāvana where Kṛṣṇa lives; kṛṣṇa-caraṇa — of the lotus feet of Lord Kṛṣṇa; kalpa-vṛkṣe — on the desire tree; kare ārohaṇa — climbs.
Translation
“Being situated in one’s heart and being watered by śravaṇa-kīrtana, the bhakti creeper grows more and more. In this way it attains the shelter of the desire tree of the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa, who is eternally situated in the planet known as Goloka Vṛndāvana, in the topmost region of the spiritual sky.
Purport
In the Brahma-saṁhitā (5.37) it is said:
*ānanda-cinmaya-rasa-pratibhāvitābhis *
*tābhir ya eva nija-rūpatayā kalābhiḥ
goloka eva nivasaty akhilātma-bhūto *
govindam ādi-puruṣaṁ tam ahaṁ bhajāmi
“I worship Govinda, the primeval Lord. He resides in His own realm, Goloka, with Rādhā, who resembles His own spiritual figure and who embodies the ecstatic potency [hlādinī]. Their companions are Her confidantes, who embody extensions of Her bodily form and who are imbued and permeated with ever-blissful spiritual rasa.” In the spiritual world, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa, has expanded Himself by His spiritual potency. He has His eternal form of bliss and knowledge (sac-cid-ānanda-vigraha). Everything in the Goloka Vṛndāvana planet is a spiritual expansion of sac-cid-ānanda. Everyone there is of the same potency — ānanda-cinmaya-rasa. The relationship between the Supreme Personality of Godhead and His servitor is cinmaya-rasa. Kṛṣṇa and His entourage and paraphernalia are of the same cinmaya potency. In this way the Supreme Personality of Godhead is expanded throughout the spiritual world, and when that cinmaya-rasa potency expands through the material potency, it becomes all-pervading. The idea is that although the Supreme Personality of Godhead exists on His own planet, Goloka Vṛndāvana, He is also present everywhere. Aṇḍāntara-stha-paramāṇu-cayāntara-stham. He is present within all the universes, although they are innumerable, and He is also present within the atom. Īśvaraḥ sarva-bhūtānāṁ hṛd-deśe ’rjuna tiṣṭhati: He is also present within the heart of all living entities. This is His all-pervasive potency.
Goloka Vṛndāvana is the highest planet in the spiritual world. In order to go to the spiritual world after penetrating the covering of the material universe, one must penetrate Brahma-loka, the spiritual effulgence. Then one can come to the Goloka Vṛndāvana planet. There are also other planets in the spiritual world, called Vaikuṇṭha planets, and on these planets Lord Nārāyaṇa is worshiped with awe and veneration. On these planets śānta-rasa is prevalent, and some of the devotees are also connected with the Supreme Personality of Godhead in dāsya-rasa, the mellow of servitorship. As far as the mellow of fraternity is concerned, in Vaikuṇṭha this rasa is represented by gaurava-sakhya, friendship in awe and veneration. The other fraternity rasa, exhibited as viśrambha (friendship in equality), is found in the Goloka Vṛndāvana planet. Above that is service to the Lord in vātsalya-rasa (parental love), and above all is the relationship with the Lord in the mādhurya-rasa (conjugal love). These five rasas are fully exhibited in the spiritual world in one’s relationship with the Lord. Therefore in the spiritual world the bhakti creeper finds its resting place at the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa.
Text 155
Bengali
ताहाँ विस्तारित हञा फले प्रेम-फल ।
इहाँ माली सेचे नित्य श्रवणादि जल ॥ १५५ ॥
Verse text
tāhāṅ vistārita hañā phale prema-phala
ihāṅ mālī sece nitya śravaṇādi jala
Synonyms
tāhāṅ — there in the spiritual world (in the Goloka Vṛndāvana planet); vistārita — expanded; hañā — becoming; phale — produces; prema-phala — the fruit known as love of Godhead; ihāṅ — in the material world, where the devotee is still present; mālī — exactly like a gardener; sece — sprinkles; nitya — regularly, without fail; śravaṇa-ādi jala — the water of śravaṇa, kīrtana and so on.
Translation
“The creeper greatly expands in the Goloka Vṛndāvana planet, and there it produces the fruit of love for Kṛṣṇa. Although remaining in the material world, the gardener regularly sprinkles the creeper with the water of hearing and chanting.
Purport
In Goloka Vṛndāvana the devotees have very intimate relationships with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The devotee engages in the Lord’s service in great ecstatic love. Such love was exhibited personally by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu in His teachings to the people of the material world. The fruit of the devotional creeper is the pure desire to serve and please the senses of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Kṛṣṇendriya-prīti-icchā dhare ‘prema’ nāma. (Cc. Ādi. 4.165) In the spiritual world one has no desire other than to please the senses of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The conditioned soul within the material world can neither understand nor appreciate how a pure devotee in the material world can render confidential service to the Lord out of feelings of ecstatic love and always engage in pleasing the Supreme Lord’s senses. Although seen within this material world, the pure devotee always engages in the confidential service of the Lord. An ordinary neophyte devotee cannot realize this; therefore it is said, vaiṣṇavera kriyā-mudrā vijñeha nā bujhaya. The activities of a pure Vaiṣṇava cannot be understood even by a learned scholar in the material world.
Every living entity is wandering within this universe in different species and on different planetary systems according to his fruitive activities. Out of many millions of living entities, one may be fortunate enough to receive the seed of the bhakti-latā, the creeper of devotional service. By the grace of the spiritual master and Kṛṣṇa, one nourishes the bhakti-latā by regularly sprinkling it with the water of śravaṇa-kīrtana, hearing and chanting. In this way the seed of the bhakti-latā sprouts and grows up and up through the whole universe until it penetrates the covering of the material universe and reaches the spiritual world. The bhakti-latā continues to grow until it reaches the topmost planetary system, Goloka Vṛndāvana, where Kṛṣṇa lives. There the creeper takes shelter at the lotus feet of the Lord, and that is its final destination. At that time the creeper begins to grow the fruits of ecstatic love of God. It is the duty of the devotee who nourishes the creeper to be very careful. It is said that the watering of the creeper must continue: ihāṅ mālī sece nitya śravaṇādi jala. It is not that at a certain stage one can stop chanting and hearing and become a mature devotee. If one stops, one certainly falls down from devotional service. Although one may be very much exalted in devotional service, he should not give up the watering process of śravaṇa-kīrtana. If one gives up that process, it is due to an offense. This is described in the following verse.
Text 156
Bengali
यदि वैष्णव-अपराध उठे हाती माता ।
उपाड़े वा छिण्डे, तार शुखि’ याय़ पाता ॥ १५६ ॥
Verse text
yadi vaiṣṇava-aparādha uṭhe hātī mātā
upāḍe vā chiṇḍe, tāra śukhi’ yāya pātā
Synonyms
yadi — if; vaiṣṇava-aparādha — an offense at the feet of a Vaiṣṇava; uṭhe — arises; hātī — an elephant; mātā — mad; upāḍe — uproots; vā — or; chiṇḍe — breaks; tāra — of the creeper; śukhi’ — shriveling up; yāya — goes; pātā — the leaf.
Translation
“If the devotee commits an offense at the feet of a Vaiṣṇava while cultivating the creeper of devotional service in the material world, his offense is compared to a mad elephant that uproots the creeper and breaks it. In this way the leaves of the creeper are dried up.
Purport
One’s devotional attitude increases in the association of a Vaiṣṇava:
tāṅdera caraṇa sevi bhakta-sane vāsa
janame janame haya, ei abhilāṣa
By his personal example, Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura stresses that a devotee must always remember to please his predecessor ācārya. The Gosvāmīs are represented by one’s spiritual master. One cannot be an ācārya (spiritual master) without following strictly in the disciplic succession of the ācāryas. One who is actually serious about advancing in devotional service should desire only to satisfy the previous ācāryas. Ei chaya gosāñi yāra, mui tāra dāsa. One should always think of oneself as a servant of the servant of the ācāryas, and thinking this, one should live in the society of Vaiṣṇavas. However, if one thinks that he has become very mature and can live separate from the association of Vaiṣṇavas and thus gives up all the regulative principles due to offending a Vaiṣṇava, one’s position becomes very dangerous. Offenses against the holy name are explained in Ādi-līlā, chapter eight, verse 24. Giving up the regulative principles and living according to one’s whims is compared to a mad elephant, which by force uproots the bhakti-latā and breaks it to pieces. In this way the bhakti-latā shrivels up. Such an offense is especially created when one disobeys the instructions of the spiritual master. This is called guru-avajñā. The devotee must therefore be very careful not to commit offenses against the spiritual master by disobeying his instructions. As soon as one is deviated from the instructions of the spiritual master, the uprooting of the bhakti-latā begins, and gradually all the leaves dry up.
Text 157
Bengali
ताते माली यत्न करि’ करे आवरण ।
अपराध-हस्तीर यैछे ना हय़ उद्गम ॥ १५७ ॥
Verse text
tāte mālī yatna kari’ kare āvaraṇa
aparādha-hastīra yaiche nā haya udgama
Synonyms
tāte — therefore; mālī — the gardener devotee; yatna kari’ — with great attention; kare — makes; āvaraṇa — protective fencing; aparādha — of offenses; hastīra — of the elephant; yaiche — so that; nā — not; haya — there is; udgama — birth.
Translation
“The gardener must defend the creeper by fencing it all around so that the powerful elephant of offenses may not enter.
Purport
While the bhakti creeper is growing, the devotee must protect it by fencing it all around. The neophyte devotee must be protected by being surrounded by pure devotees. In this way he will not give the maddened elephant a chance to uproot his bhakti creeper. When one associates with nondevotees, the maddened elephant is set loose. Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu has said, asat-saṅga-tyāga, — ei vaiṣṇava-ācāra. The first business of a Vaiṣṇava is to give up the company of nondevotees. A so-called mature devotee, however, commits a great offense by giving up the company of pure devotees. The human being is a social animal, and if one gives up the society of pure devotees, he must associate with nondevotees (asat-saṅga). By contacting nondevotees and engaging in nondevotional activities, a so-called mature devotee will fall victim to the mad elephant offense. Whatever growth has taken place is quickly uprooted by such an offense. One should therefore be very careful to defend the creeper by fencing it in — that is, by following the regulative principles and associating with pure devotees.
Even if one thinks that there are many pseudo devotees or nondevotees in the Kṛṣṇa Consciousness Society, still one should stick to the Society; if one thinks the Society’s members are not pure devotees, one can keep direct company with the spiritual master, and if there is any doubt, one should consult the spiritual master. However, unless one follows the spiritual master’s instructions concerning the regulative principles and chanting and hearing the holy name of the Lord, one cannot become a pure devotee. By one’s mental concoctions, one falls down. By associating with nondevotees, one breaks the regulative principles and is thereby lost. In the Upadeśāmṛta (2) of Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī, it is said:
atyāhāraḥ prayāsaś ca prajalpo niyamāgrahaḥ
jana-saṅgaś ca laulyaṁ ca ṣaḍbhir bhaktir vinaśyati
“One’s devotional service is spoiled when he becomes too entangled in the following six activities: (1) eating more than necessary or collecting more funds than required, (2) overendeavoring for mundane things that are very difficult to attain, (3) talking unnecessarily about mundane subject matters, (4) practicing the scriptural rules and regulations only for the sake of following them and not for the sake of spiritual advancement, or rejecting the rules and regulations of the scriptures and working independently or whimsically, (5) associating with worldly-minded persons who are not interested in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, and (6) being greedy for mundane achievements.”
Text 158
Bengali
किन्तु यदि लतार अङ्गे उठे ‘उपशाखा’ ।
भुक्ति-मुक्ति-वाञ्छा, यत असङ्ख्य तार लेखा ॥ १५८ ॥
Verse text
kintu yadi latāra saṅge uṭhe ‘upaśākhā’
bhukti-mukti-vāñchā, yata asaṅkhya tāra lekhā
Synonyms
kintu — but; yadi — if; latāra — the creeper of devotional service; saṅge — with; uṭhe — arise; upaśākhā — unwanted creepers; bhukti — for material enjoyment; mukti — for liberation from the material world; vāñchā — the desires; yata — as many as there are; asaṅkhya — unlimited; tāra — of those unwanted creepers; lekhā — the writing.
Translation
“Sometimes unwanted creepers, such as the creepers of desires for material enjoyment and liberation from the material world, grow along with the creeper of devotional service. The varieties of such unwanted creepers are unlimited.
Text 159
Bengali
‘निषिद्धाचार’, ‘कुटीनाटी’, ‘जीवहिंसन’ ।
‘लाभ’, ‘पूजा’, ‘प्रतिष्ठादि’ यत उपशाखागण ॥ १५९ ॥
Verse text
‘niṣiddhācāra’, ‘kuṭīnāṭī’, ‘jīva-hiṁsana’
‘lābha’, ‘pūjā’, ‘pratiṣṭhādi’ yata upaśākhā-gaṇa
Synonyms
niṣiddha-ācāra — behavior not to be exhibited by a person desiring to become perfect; kuṭīnāṭī — diplomacy; jīva-hiṁsana — unnecessarily killing animals or the soul; lābha — profit according to material calculations; pūjā — adoration achieved by satisfying mundane people; pratiṣṭha-ādi — becoming an important man in material calculations, and so on; yata — all these; upaśākhā-gaṇa — unnecessary creepers.
Translation
“Some unnecessary creepers growing with the bhakti creeper are the creepers of behavior unacceptable for those trying to attain perfection, diplomatic behavior, animal-killing, mundane profiteering, mundane adoration and mundane importance. All these are unwanted creepers.
Purport
There is a certain pattern of behavior prescribed for those actually trying to become perfect. In our Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement we advise our students not to eat meat, not to gamble, not to engage in illicit sex and not to indulge in intoxication. People who indulge in these activities can never become perfect; therefore these regulative principles are for those interested in becoming perfect and going back to Godhead. Kuṭīnāṭī, or diplomatic behavior, cannot satisfy the ātmā, the soul. It cannot even satisfy the body or the mind. The culprit mind is always suspicious; therefore our dealings should always be straightforward and approved by Vedic authorities. If we treat people diplomatically or duplicitously, our spiritual advancement is obstructed. Jīva-hiṁsana refers to the killing of animals or to envy of other living entities. The killing of poor animals is undoubtedly due to envy of those animals. The human form is meant for the understanding of Kṛṣṇa consciousness (athāto brahma-jijñāsā), for inquiring about the Supreme Brahman. In the human form, everyone has a chance to understand the Supreme Brahman. The so-called leaders of human society do not know the real aim of human life and are therefore busy with economic development. This is misleading. Every state and every society is busy trying to improve the quality of eating, sleeping, mating and defending. This human form of life is meant for more than these four animal principles. Eating, sleeping, mating and defending are problems found in the animal kingdom, and the animals have solved these problems without difficulty. Why should human society be so busy trying to solve these problems? The difficulty is that people are not educated to understand this simple philosophy. They think that advancement of civilization means increasing sense gratification.
There are many religious propagandists who do not know how the ultimate problems of life can be solved, and they also try to educate people in a form of sense gratification. This is also jīva-hiṁsana. Real knowledge is not given, and religionists mislead the general populace. As far as material profits are concerned, one should know that whatever material profit one has must be abandoned at the time of death. Unfortunately people do not know that there is life after death; therefore mundane people waste their time amassing material profit which has to be left behind at the time of death. Such profit has no eternal benefit. Similarly, adoration by mundane people is valueless because after death one has to accept another body. Material adoration and titles are decorations that cannot be carried over to the next body. In the next life, everything is forgotten.
All these obstructions have been described in this verse as unwanted creepers. They simply present obstacles for the real creeper, the bhakti-latā. One should be very careful to avoid all these unwanted things. Sometimes these unwanted creepers look exactly like the bhakti creeper. They appear to be of the same size and the same species when they are packed together with the bhakti creeper, but in spite of this, the creepers are called upaśākhā. A pure devotee can distinguish between the bhakti creeper and a mundane creeper, and he is very alert to distinguish them and keep them separate.
Text 160
Bengali
सेकजल पाञा उपशाखा वाड़ि’ याय़ ।
स्तव्ध हञा मूलशाखा वाड़िते ना पाय़ ॥ १६० ॥
Verse text
seka-jala pāñā upaśākhā bāḍi’ yāya
stabdha hañā mūla-śākhā bāḍite nā pāya
Synonyms
seka-jala — sprinkling water; pāñā — getting; upaśākhā — the unwanted creepers; bāḍi’ yāya — grow luxuriantly; stabdha hañā — becoming stopped; mūla-śākhā — the chief creeper; bāḍite — to increase; nā pāya — is not able.
Translation
“If one does not distinguish between the bhakti creeper and the other creepers, the sprinkling of water is misused because the other creepers are nourished while the bhakti creeper is curtailed.
Purport
If one chants the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra while committing offenses, these unwanted creepers will grow. One should not take advantage of chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra for some material profit. As mentioned in verse 159:
‘niṣiddhācāra’, ‘kuṭīnāṭī’, ‘jīva-hiṁsana’
‘lābha’, ‘pūjā’, ‘pratiṣṭhādi’ yata upaśākhā-gaṇa
The unwanted creepers have been described by Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura. He states that if one hears and chants without trying to give up offenses, one becomes materially attached to sense gratification. One may also desire freedom from material bondage like the Māyāvādīs, or one may become attached to the yoga-siddhis and desire wonderful yogic powers. If one is attached to wonderful material activities, one is called siddhi-lobhī, greedy for material perfection. One may also be victimized by diplomatic or crooked behavior, or one may associate with women for illicit sex. One may make a show of devotional service like the prākṛta-sahajiyās, or one may try to support his philosophy by joining some caste or identifying himself with a certain dynasty, claiming a monopoly on spiritual advancement. Thus with the support of family tradition, one may become a pseudo guru, or so-called spiritual master. One may become attached to the four sinful activities — illicit sex, intoxication, gambling and meat-eating — or one may consider a Vaiṣṇava to belong to a mundane caste or creed. One may think, “This is a Hindu Vaiṣṇava, and this is a European Vaiṣṇava. European Vaiṣṇavas are not allowed to enter the temples.” In other words, one may consider Vaiṣṇavas in terms of birth, thinking one a brāhmaṇa Vaiṣṇava, another a śūdra Vaiṣṇava, another a mleccha Vaiṣṇava and so on. One may also try to carry out a professional business by means of chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra or reading Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, or one may try to increase his monetary strength by illegal means. Also, one may become a cheap Vaiṣṇava by trying to chant in a secluded place for material adoration, or one may desire mundane reputation by making compromises with nondevotees concerning one’s philosophy or spiritual life, or one may become a supporter of a hereditary caste system. All these are pitfalls of personal sense gratification. Just to cheat some innocent people, one makes a show of advanced spiritual life and becomes known as a sādhu, mahātmā or religious person. All this means that the so-called devotee has become victimized by all these unwanted creepers and that the real creeper, the bhakti-latā, has been stunted.
Text 161
Bengali
प्रथमेइ उपशाखार करय़े छेदन ।
तवे मूलशाखा वाड़ि’ याय़ वृन्दावन ॥ १६१ ॥
Verse text
prathamei upaśākhāra karaye chedana
tabe mūla-śākhā bāḍi’ yāya vṛndāvana
Synonyms
prathamei — from the very beginning; upaśākhāra — of the unwanted creepers; karaye — does; chedana — the cutting away; tabe — then only; mūla-śākhā — the chief creeper; bāḍi’ — growing; yāya — goes; vṛndāvana — to the lotus feet of Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa in Vṛndāvana.
Translation
“As soon as an intelligent devotee sees an unwanted creeper growing beside the original creeper, he must cut it down instantly. Then the real creeper, the bhakti-latā, grows nicely, returns home, back to Godhead, and seeks shelter under the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa.
Purport
If one is misled by unwanted creepers and is victimized, he cannot make progress back to Godhead. Rather, he remains within the material world and engages in activities having nothing to do with pure devotional service. Such a person may be elevated to the higher planetary systems, but because he remains within the material world, he is subjected to the threefold material miseries.
Text 162
Bengali
‘प्रेमफल’ पाकि’ पड़े, माली आस्वादय़ ।
लता अवलम्वि’ माली ‘कल्पवृक्ष’ पाय़ ॥ १६२ ॥
Verse text
‘prema-phala’ pāki’ paḍe, mālī āsvādaya
latā avalambi’ mālī ‘kalpa-vṛkṣa’ pāya
Synonyms
prema-phala — the fruit of love of God; pāki’ — becoming mature; paḍe — falls down; mālī — the gardener; āsvādaya — tastes; latā avalambi’ — taking advantage of the growing bhakti-latā; mālī — the gardener; kalpa-vṛkṣa pāya — reaches the desire tree in Goloka Vṛndāvana.
Translation
“When the fruit of devotional service becomes ripe and falls down, the gardener tastes the fruit and thus takes advantage of the creeper and reaches the desire tree of the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa in Goloka Vṛndāvana.
Text 163
Bengali
ताहाँ सेइ कल्पवृक्षेर करय़े सेवन ।
सुखे प्रेमफल-रस करे आस्वादन ॥ १६३ ॥
Verse text
tāhāṅ sei kalpa-vṛkṣera karaye sevana
sukhe prema-phala-rasa kare āsvādana
Synonyms
tāhāṅ — there (in Goloka Vṛndāvana); sei kalpa-vṛkṣera — of the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa, which are compared to a desire tree; karaye sevana — engages in the service; sukhe — in transcendental bliss; prema-phala-rasa — the juice of the fruit of devotional service; kare — does; āsvādana — tasting.
Translation
“There the devotee serves the lotus feet of the Lord, which are compared to a wish-fulfilling tree. With great bliss he tastes the juice of the fruit of love and becomes eternally happy.
Purport
The word tāhāṅ indicates that in the spiritual world one can taste the juice of the fruit of devotional service and thus become blissful.
Text 164
Bengali
एइत परम-फल ‘परम-पुरुषार्थ’ ।
याँर आगे तृण-तुल्य चारि पुरुषार्थ ॥ १६४ ॥
Verse text
eita parama-phala ‘parama-puruṣārtha’
yāṅra āge tṛṇa-tulya cāri puruṣārtha
Synonyms
eita — this; parama-phala — the supreme goal of life; parama — supreme; puruṣa-artha — interest of the living being; yāṅra āge — in the presence of which; tṛṇa-tulya — very insignificant; cāri — four; puruṣa-artha — the different types of human interests.
Translation
“To taste the fruit of devotional service in Goloka Vṛndāvana is the highest perfection of life, and in the presence of such perfection, the four material perfections — religion, economic development, sense gratification and liberation — are very insignificant achievements.
Purport
The highest achievement attained by the jñānīs, or impersonalists, is becoming one with the Supreme, generally known as mokṣa, liberation. The highest achievements of the yogīs are the eight material perfections, such as aṇimā, laghimā and prāpti. Yet these are nothing compared to the eternal bliss of the devotee who returns back to Godhead and tastes the fruit of devotional service to the lotus feet of the Lord. The material perfections, even up to the point of liberation, are very insignificant in comparison; therefore the pure devotee is never interested in such things. His only interest is in perfecting his devotional service to the Lord. The pleasure of the impersonalist, monist philosophers is condemned in the following verse, which is also found in Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī’s Lalita-mādhava.
Text 165
Bengali
ऋद्धा सिद्धिव्रज-विजय़िता सत्यधर्मा समाधि-
र्व्रह्मानन्दो गुरुरपि चमत्कारय़त्येव तावत् ।
यावत् प्रेम्णां मधुरिपु-वशीकार-सिद्धौषधीनां
गन्धोऽप्यन्तःकरणसरणी-पान्थतां न प्रयाति ॥ १६५ ॥
Verse text
ṛddhā siddhi-vraja-vijayitā satya-dharmā samādhir
brahmānando gurur api camatkārayaty eva tāvat
yāvat premṇāṁ madhu-ripu-vaśī-kāra-siddhauṣadhīnāṁ
gandho ’py antaḥ-karaṇa-saraṇī-pānthatāṁ na prayāti
Synonyms
ṛddhā — excellent; siddhi-vraja — of the groups of material perfections of the yogīs (aṇimā, laghimā, prāpti and so on); vijayitā — the victory; satya-dharmā — the religious principles of perfection (satya, śama, titikṣā and so on); samādhiḥ — the yogic perfection of meditation; brahma-ānandaḥ — the spiritually blissful life of the monist; guruḥ — very high in material considerations; api — although; camatkārayati — they appear very important; eva — only; tāvat — that long; yāvat — as long as; premṇām — of love of Kṛṣṇa; madhu-ripu — of Kṛṣṇa, the enemy of the Madhu demon; vaśī-kāra — in the controlling; siddha-auṣadhīnām — which is like perfect herbs that can control snakes; gandhaḥ — a slight fragrance; api — even; antaḥ-karaṇa-saraṇī-pānthatām — a traveler on the path of the heart; na prayāti — does not become.
Translation
“ ‘As long as there is not the slightest fragrance of pure love of Kṛṣṇa, which is the perfect medicinal herb for controlling Lord Kṛṣṇa within the heart, the opulences of the material perfections known as the siddhis, the brahminical perfections [satya, śama, titikṣā and so on], the trance of the yogīs and the monistic bliss of Brahman all seem wonderful for men.’
Purport
There are different types of perfections known as siddhi-vraja, and also the perfections of achieving brahminical qualifications, yogic trance and merging into the Supreme. All these material perfections are certainly very attractive for a mundane person, but their brilliance exists only as long as one does not take to devotional service. Devotional service can control the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the supreme controller of all universal affairs. The five rasas (mellows) in the transcendental world are practiced by the inhabitants of Goloka Vṛndāvana in neutrality, servitorship, friendship, parental affection and conjugal love. All these please the Lord so much that He is controlled by the devotees. For instance, mother Yaśodā was so advanced in devotional service that Kṛṣṇa agreed to be controlled by her stick. In other words, the five principal mellows are so great and glorious that they are able to control the Supreme Personality of Godhead. In the material world, however, the so-called siddhis, or perfections, manifest their brightness only as long as one is not interested in devotional service. In other words, the perfection of the karmīs, jñānīs, yogīs and others remains attractive only as long as one does not come to the point of devotional service, which is so great and significant that it can control the supreme controller, Kṛṣṇa.
Text 166
Bengali
‘शुद्धभक्ति’ हैते हय़ ‘प्रेमा’ उत्पन्न ।
अतएव शुद्धभक्तिर कहिय़े ‘लक्षण’ ॥ १६६ ॥
Verse text
‘śuddha-bhakti’ haite haya ‘premā’ utpanna
ataeva śuddha-bhaktira kahiye ‘lakṣaṇa’
Synonyms
śuddha-bhakti — pure devotional service without material contaminations; haite — from; haya — is; premā — love of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; utpanna — produced; ataeva — therefore; śuddha-bhaktira — of pure devotional service; kahiye — let me explain; lakṣaṇa — the symptoms.
Translation
“When one is situated in pure devotional service, he develops love of Godhead; therefore let me describe some of the symptoms of pure devotional service.
Purport
In the Bhagavad-gītā (18.55) it is said, bhaktyā mām abhijānāti yāvān yaś cāsmi tattvataḥ. One cannot understand the Supreme Personality of Godhead in truth unless he takes to devotional service.
Text 167
Bengali
अन्याभिलाषिता-शून्यं ज्ञान-कर्माद्यनावृतम् ।
आनुकूल्येन कृष्णानुशीलनं भक्तिरुत्तमा ॥ १६७ ॥
Verse text
anyābhilāṣitā-śūnyaṁ
jñāna-karmādy-anāvṛtam
ānukūlyena kṛṣṇānu-
śīlanaṁ bhaktir uttamā
Synonyms
anya-abhilāṣitā-śūnyam — without desires other than those for the service of Lord Kṛṣṇa, or without material desires (such as those for meat-eating, illicit sex, gambling and addiction to intoxicants); jñāna — by the knowledge of the philosophy of the monist Māyāvādīs*; karma — by fruitive activities; ādi — by artificially practicing detachment, by the mechanical practice of yoga, by studying the Sāṅkhya philosophy, and so on; anāvṛtam — not covered; ānukūlyena — favorable; kṛṣṇa-anuśīlanam — cultivation of service in relationship to Kṛṣṇa; bhaktiḥ uttamā — first-class devotional service.
Translation
“ ‘When first-class devotional service develops, one must be devoid of all material desires, knowledge obtained by monistic philosophy, and fruitive action. The devotee must constantly serve Kṛṣṇa favorably, as Kṛṣṇa desires.’
Purport
This verse is also found in Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī’s Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (1.1.11). As we can understand from the Bhagavad-gītā (9.34 and 18.65), the Supreme Personality of Godhead wants everyone to think of Him always (man-manā bhava mad-bhaktaḥ). Everyone should become His devotee, not the devotee of a demigod. Everyone should engage in His devotional service, including arcana (Deity worship) in the temple. Man-manā bhava mad-bhakto mad-yājī māṁ namaskuru. Everyone should offer obeisances, from moment to moment, to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. These are the desires of the Supreme Lord, and one who fulfills His desires favorably is actually a pure devotee. Kṛṣṇa wants everyone to surrender unto Him, and devotional service means preaching this gospel all over the world. The Lord says openly in the Bhagavad-gītā (18.69), na ca tasmān manuṣyeṣu kaścin me priya-kṛttamaḥ: One who preaches the gospel of the Bhagavad-gītā for the benefit of all is most dear to Kṛṣṇa. The Bhagavad-gītā is spoken by the Lord so that human society can be perfectly organized from all angles of vision — politically, socially, economically, philosophically and religiously. From any point of view, human society can be reformed by the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement; therefore one who spreads this philosophy of Kṛṣṇa consciousness for the benefit of all conditioned souls in the universe is perfect in pure devotional service.
The criterion is that a devotee must know what Kṛṣṇa wants him to do. This understanding can be achieved through the medium of a spiritual master who is a bona fide representative of Kṛṣṇa. Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī advises, ādau gurv-āśrayam. One who is serious in wanting to render pure devotional service to the Lord must take shelter of a spiritual master who comes in the disciplic succession from Kṛṣṇa. Evaṁ paramparā-prāptam imaṁ rājarṣayo viduḥ. Without accepting a bona fide spiritual master coming in the disciplic succession, one cannot find out the real purpose of devotional service. Therefore one has to accept the shelter of a bona fide spiritual master and agree to be directed by him. The first business of a pure devotee is to satisfy his spiritual master, whose only business is to spread Kṛṣṇa consciousness. And if one can satisfy the spiritual master, Kṛṣṇa is automatically satisfied — yasya prasādād bhagavat-prasādaḥ. This is the success of devotional service. This is the meaning of the word ānukūlyena — that is, favorable devotional service to the Lord. A pure devotee has no plans other than those for the Lord’s service. He is not interested in attaining success in mundane activities. He simply wants success in the progress of devotional service. For a devotee, there cannot be worship of others or demigod worship. A pure devotee does not engage himself in such pseudo devotional service. He is interested only in satisfying Kṛṣṇa. If one lives only for the satisfaction of Kṛṣṇa, it does not matter whether he belongs to this order of life or that order of life. One’s only business should be to satisfy Kṛṣṇa. This process is completely manifest in the activities of the Kṛṣṇa consciousness movement. It has been actually proved that the entire world can accept devotional service without failure. One simply has to follow the instructions of the representative of Kṛṣṇa.
Text 168
Bengali
अन्य-वाञ्छा, अन्य-पूजा छाड़ि’ ‘ज्ञान’, ‘कर्म’ ।
आनुकूल्ये सर्वेन्द्रिय़े कृष्णानुशीलन ॥ १६८ ॥
Verse text
anya-vāñchā, anya-pūjā chāḍi’ ‘jñāna’, ‘karma’
ānukūlye sarvendriye kṛṣṇānuśīlana
Synonyms
anya-vāñchā — other desires; anya-pūjā — other types of worship; chāḍi’ — giving up; jñāna — material knowledge; karma — material activities; ānukūlye — favorably; sarva-indriye — with all the senses; kṛṣṇa-anuśīlana — cultivation of Kṛṣṇa consciousness.
Translation
“A pure devotee must not cherish any desire other than to serve Kṛṣṇa. He should not offer worship to the demigods or to mundane personalities. He should not cultivate artificial knowledge, which is devoid of Kṛṣṇa consciousness, and he should not engage himself in anything other than Kṛṣṇa conscious activities. One must engage all one’s purified senses in the service of the Lord. This is the favorable execution of Kṛṣṇa conscious activities.
Text 169
Bengali
एइ ‘शुद्धभक्ति’ — इहा हैते ‘प्रेमा’ हय़ ।
पञ्चरात्रे, भागवते एइ लक्षण कय़ ॥ १६९ ॥
Verse text
ei ‘śuddha-bhakti’ — ihā haite ‘premā’ haya
pañcarātre, bhāgavate ei lakṣaṇa kaya
Synonyms
ei — this; śuddha-bhakti — pure devotional service; ihā haite — from which; premā — unalloyed love of Kṛṣṇa; haya — there is; pañcarātre — in the Vedic literatures known as the Pañcarātras; bhāgavate — also in the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam; ei — these; lakṣaṇa — symptoms; kaya — are described.
Translation
“These activities are called śuddha-bhakti, pure devotional service. If one renders such pure devotional service, he develops his original love for Kṛṣṇa in due course of time. In Vedic literatures like the Pañcarātras and Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, these symptoms are described.
Purport
One has to develop his devotional service under the directions of a pure devotee, the spiritual master, and in accordance with the Vedic directions given in the Pañcarātra and Bhāgavata systems. The Pañcarātra system includes methods of temple worship, and the Bhāgavata system includes the spreading of Kṛṣṇa conscious philosophy through the recitation of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam and the discussion of philosophy with people who are interested. Through discussion, one can create an interest and understanding of the Pañcarātra and Bhāgavata systems.
Text 170
Bengali
सर्वोपाधिविनिर्मुक्तं तत्परत्वेन निर्मलम् ।
हृषीकेण हृषीकेश-सेवनं भक्तिरुच्यते ॥ १७० ॥
Verse text
sarvopādhi-vinirmuktaṁ
tat-paratvena nirmalam
hṛṣīkeṇa hṛṣīkeśa-
sevanaṁ bhaktir ucyate
Synonyms
sarva-upādhi-vinirmuktam — free from all kinds of material designations, or free from all desires except the desire to render service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tat-paratvena — by the sole purpose of serving the Supreme Personality of Godhead; nirmalam — uncontaminated by the effects of speculative philosophical research or fruitive activity; hṛṣīkeṇa — by purified senses freed from all designations; hṛṣīka-īśa — of the master of the senses; sevanam — the service to satisfy the senses; bhaktiḥ — devotional service; ucyate — is called.
Translation
“ ‘Bhakti, or devotional service, means engaging all our senses in the service of the Lord, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of all the senses. When the spirit soul renders service unto the Supreme, there are two side effects. One is freed from all material designations, and one’s senses are purified simply by being employed in the service of the Lord.’
Purport
This verse quoted from the Nārada-pañcarātra is found in the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (1.1.12).
Text 171
Bengali
मद्गुणश्रुतिमात्रेण मय़ि सर्वगुहाशय़े ।
मनोगतिरविच्छिन्ना यथा गङ्गाम्भसोऽम्वुधौ ॥ १७१ ॥
Verse text
mad-guṇa-śruti-mātreṇa
mayi sarva-guhāśaye
mano-gatir avicchinnā
yathā gaṅgāmbhaso ’mbudhau
Synonyms
mat — of Me; guṇa — of the qualities; śruti-mātreṇa — only by hearing; mayi — to Me; sarva-guhā — in all hearts; āśaye — who am situated; manaḥ-gatiḥ — the movement of the mind; avicchinnā — unobstructed; yathā — just as; gaṅgā-ambhasaḥ — of the celestial waters of the Ganges; ambudhau — to the ocean.
Translation
“ ‘Just as the celestial waters of the Ganges flow unobstructed into the ocean, so when My devotees simply hear of Me, their minds come to Me. I reside in the hearts of all.
Purport
This verse and the following three verses are quoted from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (3.29.11-14). They were spoken by Lord Kṛṣṇa in the form of Kapiladeva.
Text 172
Bengali
लक्षणं भक्तियोगस्य निर्गुणस्य ह्युदाहृतम् ।
अहैतुक्यव्यवहिता या भक्तिः पुरुषोत्तमे ॥ १७२ ॥
Verse text
lakṣaṇaṁ bhakti-yogasya
nirguṇasya hy udāhṛtam
ahaituky avyavahitā
yā bhaktiḥ puruṣottame
Synonyms
lakṣaṇam — the symptom; bhakti-yogasya — of devotional service; nirguṇasya — beyond the three modes of nature; hi — certainly; udāhṛtam — is cited; ahaitukī — causeless; avyavahitā — uninterrupted; yā — which; bhaktiḥ — devotional service; puruṣa-uttame — to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
Translation
“ ‘These are the characteristics of transcendental loving service to Puruṣottama, the Supreme Personality of Godhead: it is causeless, and it cannot be obstructed in any way.
Text 173
Bengali
सालोक्यसार्ष्टिसामीप्य-सारूप्यैकत्वमप्युत ।
दीय़मानं न गृह्णन्ति विना मत्सेवनं जनाः ॥ १७३ ॥
Verse text
sālokya-sārṣṭi-sāmīpya-
sārūpyaikatvam apy uta
dīyamānaṁ na gṛhṇanti
vinā mat-sevanaṁ janāḥ
Synonyms
sālokya — being on the same planet as Me; sārṣṭi — having opulence equal to Mine; sāmīpya — having direct association with Me; sārūpya — having the same form as Me; ekatvam — oneness with Me; api — even; uta — or; dīyamānam — being given; na — not; gṛhṇanti — accept; vinā — without; mat-sevanam — My service; janāḥ — the devotees.
Translation
“ ‘My devotees do not accept sālokya, sārṣṭi, sārūpya, sāmīpya or oneness with Me — even if I offer these liberations — in preference to serving Me.
Text 174
Bengali
स एव भक्तियोगाख्य आत्यन्तिक उदाहृतः ।
येनातिव्रज्य त्रिगुणं मद्भावाय़ोपपद्यते ॥ १७४ ॥
Verse text
sa eva bhakti-yogākhya
ātyantika udāhṛtaḥ
yenātivrajya tri-guṇaṁ
mad-bhāvāyopapadyate
Synonyms
saḥ — that (having the above symptoms); eva — certainly; bhakti-yoga-ākhyaḥ — called bhakti-yoga; ātyantikaḥ — the ultimate goal of life; udāhṛtaḥ — described as; yena — by which; ativrajya — transcending; tri-guṇam — the three modes of material nature; mat-bhāvāya — for direct touch with Me, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and My nature; upapadyate — one becomes qualified.
Translation
“ ‘Bhakti-yoga, as described above, is the ultimate goal of life. By rendering devotional service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, one transcends the modes of material nature and attains the spiritual position on the platform of direct devotional service.’
Text 175
Bengali
भुक्ति-मुक्ति आदि-वाञ्छा यदि मने हय़ ।
साधन करिले प्रेम उत्पन्न ना हय़ ॥ १७५ ॥
Verse text
bhukti-mukti ādi-vāñchā yadi mane haya
sādhana karile prema utpanna nā haya
Synonyms
bhukti — material enjoyment; mukti — to become liberated from material bondage; ādi — and so on; vāñchā — desires; yadi — if; mane — in the mind; haya — are; sādhana karile — even executing devotional service according to the regulative routine; prema — real love of Kṛṣṇa; utpanna — awakened; nā — not; haya — is.
Translation
“If one is infected with the desire for material enjoyment or material liberation, he cannot rise to the platform of pure loving service unto the Lord, even though he may superficially render devotional service according to the routine regulative principles.
Purport
Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Sarasvatī Ṭhākura mentions that if one maintains within his heart the desire to enjoy the result of good work, or, being embarrassed by the material world, the desire to get out of material entanglement, one will never be able to attain the transcendental mellows of devotional service. In other words, one must not desire material profit when rendering devotional service. Even if one follows all the sixty-four regulative principles, he cannot attain pure devotional service with a contaminated heart.
Text 176
Bengali
भुक्ति-मुक्ति-स्पृहा यावत् पिशाची हृदि वर्तते ।
तावद्भक्तिसुखस्यात्र कथमभ्युदय़ो भवेत् ॥ १७६ ॥
Verse text
bhukti-mukti-spṛhā yāvat
piśācī hṛdi vartate
tāvad bhakti-sukhasyātra
katham abhyudayo bhavet
Synonyms
bhukti — for material enjoyment; mukti — and for liberation from material existence; spṛhā — desires; yāvat — as long as; piśācī — the witches; hṛdi — within the heart; vartate — remain; tāvat — that long; bhakti — of devotional service; sukhasya — of the happiness; atra — here; katham — how; abhyudayaḥ — awakening; bhavet — can there be.
Translation
“ ‘The material desire to enjoy the material world and the desire to become liberated from material bondage are considered to be two witches, and they haunt one like ghosts. As long as these witches remain within the heart, how can one feel transcendental bliss? As long as these two witches remain in the heart, there is no possibility of enjoying the transcendental bliss of devotional service.’
Purport
This verse is found in the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (1.2.22).
Text 177
Bengali
साधनभक्ति हैते हय़ ‘रति’र उदय़ ।
रति गाढ़ हैले तार ‘प्रेम’ नाम कय़ ॥ १७७ ॥
Verse text
sādhana-bhakti haite haya ‘rati’ra udaya
rati gāḍha haile tāra ‘prema’ nāma kaya
Synonyms
sādhana-bhakti — the process of regularly rendering devotional service; haite — from; haya — there is; ratira — of attachment; udaya — the awakening; rati — such attachment; gāḍha haile — becoming thick; tāra — of this; prema — love of Godhead; nāma — the name; kaya — is said.
Translation
“By regularly rendering devotional service, one gradually becomes attached to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. When that attachment is intensified, it becomes love of Godhead.
Purport
The Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (1.2.2) gives the following information about sādhana-bhakti:
kṛti-sādhyā bhavet sādhya- bhāvā sā sādhanābhidhā
nitya-siddhasya bhāvasya prākaṭyaṁ hṛdi sādhyatā
The process of devotional service — beginning with chanting and hearing — is called sādhana-bhakti. This includes the regulative principles that are intended to awaken one to devotional service. Devotional service is always dormant in everyone’s heart, and by the offenseless chanting of the holy names of the Lord, one’s original dormant Kṛṣṇa consciousness is awakened. This awakening to Kṛṣṇa consciousness is the beginning of sādhana-bhakti. This can be divided into many different parts, including faith, association with devotees, initiation by the spiritual master, engagement in devotional service under the instructions of a spiritual master, steadiness in devotional service and the awakening of a taste for devotional service. In this way, one can become attached to Kṛṣṇa and His service, and when this attachment is intensified, it results in ecstatic love for Kṛṣṇa. The word rati is explained in the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (1.3.41) as follows:
vyaktaṁ masṛṇatevāntar- lakṣyate rati-lakṣaṇam
mumukṣu-prabhṛtīnāṁ ced bhaved eṣā ratir na hi
“When a tenderness of the heart is manifested, there is rati, or attachment. But those who are interested in being liberated from material bondage will not manifest this tenderness*.*” This attachment is not like material attachment. When one is free of material contamination, attachment for Kṛṣṇa’s service awakens and is called rati. In the material world there is attachment for material enjoyment, but this is not rati. Transcendental rati can be awakened only on the spiritual platform. Ecstatic love for Kṛṣṇa (prema) is described in the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (1.41) as follows:
samyaṅ masṛṇita-svānto mamatvātiśayāṅkitaḥ
bhāvaḥ sa eva sāndrātmā budhaiḥ premā nigadyate
“When the heart is completely softened and devoid of all material desires and when one’s emotional feelings become very strong, one becomes very much attached to Kṛṣṇa. Such purified emotion is known as pure love.”
Text 178
Bengali
प्रेम वृद्धिक्रमे नाम — स्नेह, मान, प्रणय़ ।
राग, अनुराग, भाव, महाभाव हय़ ॥ १७८ ॥
Verse text
prema vṛddhi-krame nāma — sneha, māna, praṇaya
rāga, anurāga, bhāva, mahābhāva haya
Synonyms
prema — ecstatic love for God; vṛddhi-krame — in terms of progressive increase; nāma — named; sneha — affection; māna — abhorrence; praṇaya — love; rāga — attachment; anurāga — further attachment; bhāva — ecstasy; mahā-bhāva — great ecstasy; haya — are.
Translation
“The basic aspects of prema, when gradually increasing to different states, are affection, abhorrence, love, attachment, further attachment, ecstasy and great ecstasy.
Purport
In the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu, (3.2.84) sneha (affection) is described as follows:
sāndraś citta-dravaṁ kurvan premā sneha itīryate
kṣaṇikasyāpi neha syād viśleṣasya sahiṣṇutā
“That aspect of prema in which the melting of the heart for the lover is concentrated is called sneha, or affection. The symptom of such affection is that the lover cannot for a moment remain without the association of the beloved.” A description of māna can be found in Madhya-līlā (chapter two, verse 66). Similarly, a description of praṇaya is also there. As far as rāga is concerned, the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (3.2.87) says:
snehaḥ sa rāgo yena syāt sukhaṁ duḥkham api sphuṭam
tat-sambandha-lave ’py atra prītiḥ prāṇa-vyayair api
“That stage at which affection for the beloved converts unhappiness into happiness is called rāga, or attachment. When one has such attachment for Kṛṣṇa, he can give up his own life to satisfy his beloved Kṛṣṇa.” Anurāga, bhāva and mahābhāva are described in the Sixth chapter of the Madhya-līlā, verse 13. The purport to that verse explains adhirūḍha-mahābhāva.
Text 179
Bengali
यैछे वीज, इक्षु, रस, गुड़, खण्ड-सार ।
शर्करा, सिता, मिछरि, उत्तम-मिछरि आर ॥ १७९ ॥
Verse text
yaiche bīja, ikṣu, rasa, guḍa, khaṇḍa-sāra
śarkarā, sitā, michari, uttama-michari āra
Synonyms
yaiche — just like; bīja — the seed; ikṣu — the sugarcane plant; rasa — the juice; guḍa — molasses; khaṇḍa-sāra — dry molasses; śarkarā — sugar; sitā — candy; michari — rock candy; uttama-michari — lozenges; āra — and.
Translation
“The gradual development of prema may be compared to different states of sugar. First there is the seed of the sugarcane, then sugarcane and then the juice extracted from the cane. When this juice is boiled, it forms liquid molasses, then solid molasses, then sugar, candy, rock candy and finally lozenges.
Text 180
Bengali
एइ सव कृष्णभक्ति-रसेर स्थाय़िभाव ।
स्थाय़िभावे मिले यदि विभाव, अनुभाव ॥ १८० ॥
Verse text
ei saba kṛṣṇa-bhakti-rasera sthāyibhāva
sthāyibhāve mile yadi vibhāva, anubhāva
Synonyms
ei saba — all these; kṛṣṇa-bhakti — of devotional service to Kṛṣṇa; rasera — of the mellows; sthāyi-bhāva — continuous existence of ecstasy; sthāyi-bhāve — in this continuous existence of ecstasy; mile — one meets; yadi — if; vibhāva — special ecstasy; anubhāva — subecstasy.
Translation
“All these stages combined are called sthāyibhāva, or continuous love of Godhead in devotional service. In addition to these stages, there are vibhāva and anubhāva.
Purport
Attachment for Kṛṣṇa never wanes; it increases more and more as one attains different stages. All the stages together are called sthāyibhāva, or continuous existence of ecstasy. The nine forms of devotional service are śravaṇaṁ kīrtanaṁ viṣṇoḥ smaraṇaṁ pāda-sevanam arcanaṁ vandanaṁ dāsyaṁ sakhyam ātma-nivedanam. When continuous love of Godhead is mixed with the processes of devotional service, it is called vibhāva, anubhāva, sāttvika and vyabhicārī. The devotee thus enjoys a variety of transcendental bliss. In his Amṛta-pravāha-bhāṣya, Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura states that anubhāva can be divided into thirteen categories: (1) dancing, (2) rolling on the ground, (3) singing, (4) yelling, (5) jumping, (6) making loud noises, (7) yawning, (8) heavy breathing, (9) not caring for public opinion, (10) discharging saliva, (11) roaring laughter, (12) unsteadiness and (13) hiccuping. These are the symptoms of anubhāva. Thus the transcendental mellows are experienced in different stages. Similarly, there are many other forms of expression that have been analytically studied by the Gosvāmīs. In the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu, Rūpa Gosvāmī gives each and every symptom a particular name.
Text 181
Bengali
सात्त्विक-व्यभिचारि-भावेर मिलने ।
कृष्णभक्ति-रस हय़ अमृत आस्वादने ॥ १८१ ॥
Verse text
sāttvika-vyabhicāri-bhāvera milane
kṛṣṇa-bhakti-rasa haya amṛta āsvādane
Synonyms
sāttvika-vyabhicāri-bhāvera — of sāttvika and vyabhicārī with sthāyibhāva; milane — by mixing; kṛṣṇa-bhakti-rasa — the transcendental mellows of devotional service to the Lord; haya — become; amṛta — nectarean; āsvādane — in tasting.
Translation
“When the higher standard of ecstatic love is mixed with the symptoms of sāttvika and vyabhicārī, the devotee relishes the transcendental bliss of loving Kṛṣṇa in a variety of nectarean tastes.
Text 182
Bengali
यैछे दधि, सिता, घृत, मरीच, कर्पूर ।
मिलने ‘रसाला’ हय़ अमृत मधुर ॥ १८२ ॥
Verse text
yaiche dadhi, sitā, ghṛta, marīca, karpūra
milane, ‘rasālā’ haya amṛta madhura
Synonyms
yaiche — just as; dadhi — yogurt; sitā — sugar candy; ghṛta — clarified butter; marīca — black pepper; karpūra — camphor; milane — in mixing together; rasālā — very tasteful; haya — becomes; amṛta — nectarean; madhura — and sweet.
Translation
“These tastes are like a combination of yogurt, sugar candy, ghee [clarified butter], black pepper and camphor and are as palatable as sweet nectar.
Texts 183-184
Bengali
भक्तभेदे रति-भेद पञ्च परकार ।
शान्तरति, दास्यरति, सख्यरति आर ॥ १८३ ॥
वात्सल्यरति, मधुररति, — ए पञ्च विभेद ।
रतिभेदे कृष्णभक्तिरसे पञ्च भेद ॥ १८४ ॥
Verse text
bhakta-bhede rati-bheda pañca parakāra
śānta-rati, dāsya-rati, sakhya-rati āra
vātsalya-rati, madhura-rati, — ei pañca vibheda
rati-bhede kṛṣṇa-bhakti-rase pañca bheda
Synonyms
bhakta-bhede — according to varieties of devotees; rati-bheda — the different attachments; pañca parakāra — five categories; śānta-rati — neutral appreciation; dāsya-rati — attachment in a service attitude; sakhya-rati — attachment by friendly appreciation; āra — also; vātsalya-rati — attachment by parental affection; madhura-rati — attachment by conjugal love; ei — these; pañca — five; vibheda — divisions; rati-bhede — by attachment on different platforms; kṛṣṇa-bhakti-rase — in mellows derived from devotional service to Kṛṣṇa; pañca — five; bheda — varieties.
Translation
“According to the devotee, attachment falls within the five categories of śānta-rati, dāsya-rati, sakhya-rati, vātsalya-rati and madhura-rati. These five categories arise from devotees’ different attachments to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. The transcendental mellows derived from devotional service are also of five varieties.
Purport
Śānta-rati is described in the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (2.5.16-18) as follows:
mānase nirvikalpatvaṁ śama ity abhidhīyate
“When one is completely free from all doubts and material attachments, he attains the neutral position, called śānta.”
vihāya viṣayonmukhyaṁ nijānanda-sthitir yataḥ
ātmanaḥ kathyate so ’tra vabhāvaḥ śama ity asau
prāyaḥ śama-pradhānānāṁ mamatā-gandha-varjitā
paramātmatayā kṛṣṇe jātā śāntī ratir matā
The śānta-rati realization of Kṛṣṇa is in the neutral stage between the conception of impersonalism and personalism. This means that one is not very strongly attached to the personal feature of the Lord. An appreciation of the greatness of the Lord is called śānta-rati. This is attachment not to the personal feature but to the impersonal feature. Generally, one in this stage is attached to the Paramātmā feature of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
īśvaraḥ sarva-bhūtānāṁ hṛd-deśe ’rjuna tiṣṭhati
bhrāmayan sarva-bhūtāni yantrārūḍhāni māyayā
“The Supreme Lord is situated in everyone’s heart, O Arjuna, and is directing the wanderings of all living entities, who are seated as on a machine made of the material energy.” (Bg. 18.61) On the strength of this statement from the Bhagavad-gītā, we can understand that in śānta-rasa a devotee sees the Lord’s representation everywhere.
Dāsya-rati is explained in the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (2.5.27) thus:
svasmād bhavanti ye nyūnās te ’nugrāhyā harer matāḥ
ārādhyatvātmikā teṣāṁ ratiḥ prītir itīritā
tatrāsakti-kṛd anyatra prīti-saṁhāriṇī hy asau
When the Supreme Lord in His localized aspect is appreciated and a great devotee understands his subordinate position, not only does he surrender to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but, due to his subordinate position, he wishes to render some service and thus become favored by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. A devotee in śānta-rati is not very much willing to render service to the Lord, but a devotee in dāsya-rati voluntarily wants to render service. Due to this attitude, the devotee in dāsya-rati realizes the Supreme Personality of Godhead more fully than a devotee in śānta-rati. He considers the Lord to be a worshipable object, and this means that his attachment for the Lord increases. Thus dāsya-rati is characterized as bhaktiḥ pareśānubhavo viraktir anyatra ca. (Bhāg. 11.2.42) In other words, on the dāsya-rati platform a devotee is attached to rendering service to the Lord, and he is detached from material activities. Śānta-rati is neither material nor spiritual, but dāsya-rati is actually on the spiritual platform. There is no attachment for material things on the spiritual platform (viraktir anyatra ca). A devotee in dāsya-rati has no attachment for anything but Kṛṣṇa’s service.
Sakhya-rati is described in the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (2.5.30) as follows:
ye syus tulyā mukundasya te sakhāyaḥ satāṁ matāḥ
sāmyād viśrambha-rūpaiṣāṁ ratiḥ sakhyam ihocyate
According to the opinion of advanced devotees and learned scholars, a devotee in sakhya-rati feels equal to the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is a relationship in friendship. Due to having a friendly relationship with the Lord, not only is one free from material attachment, but one believes in equal dealings with the Supreme Personality of Godhead. This is called sakhya-rati. The sakhya-rati devotee is so advanced that he treats the Lord on an equal level and even exchanges joking words with Him. Although one is never equal to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the sakhya-rati devotee feels equal to the Lord, and he does not feel guilty because of this. Usually it is offensive to consider oneself equal to the Lord. The Māyāvādīs, for example, consider themselves equal to the Lord, but such feelings entail bereavement because they are material. Sakhya-rati, however, is a feeling experienced in the mind by a pure devotee, and he is eternally related with the Supreme Personality of Godhead in that feeling.
Vātsalya-rati is described as follows in the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (2.5.33):
guravo ye harer asya te pūjyā iti viśrutāḥ
anugraha-mayī teṣāṁ ratir vātsalyam ucyate
idaṁ lālana-bhavyāśīś cibuka-sparśanādi-kṛt
When a living entity is situated on the platform of vātsalya-rati, he thinks of the Supreme Personality of Godhead in His childhood feature. In this feature, the Lord has to be protected by the devotee, and at this time the devotee takes the position of being worshiped by the Supreme Personality of Godhead. These feelings of parental love are called vātsalya-rati. When the devotee is situated on this platform, he wants to maintain the Lord like a son, and he desires all good fortune for the Lord. He offers blessings to the Lord by touching His feet and head.
Madhura-rati, or attachment in conjugal love, is described as follows:
mitho harer mṛgākṣyāś ca sambhogasyādi-kāraṇam
madhurāpara-paryāyā priyatākhyoditā ratiḥ
asyāṁ kaṭākṣa-bhrū-kṣepa- priya-vāṇī-smitādayaḥ
Madhura-rati, the conjugal relationship experienced between the Supreme Personality of Godhead and the young damsels of Vrajabhūmi, continuously exists in eight kinds of remembrances. This intimate relationship brought about by conjugal love produces movements of the eyebrows, glancing, sweet words and exchanges of joking words.
Text 185
Bengali
शान्त, दास्य, सख्य, वात्सल्य, मधुर-रस नाम ।
कृष्णभक्ति-रस-मध्ये ए पञ्च प्रधान ॥ १८५ ॥
Verse text
śānta, dāsya, sakhya, vātsalya, madhura-rasa nāma
kṛṣṇa-bhakti-rasa-madhye e pañca pradhāna
Synonyms
śānta — neutrality; dāsya — servitude; sakhya — friendship; vātsalya — parental affection; madhura-rasa — conjugal love; nāma — different names; kṛṣṇa-bhakti — of devotional service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead; rasa — the mellows; madhye — among; e — these; pañca — five; pradhāna — chief.
Translation
“The chief transcendental mellows experienced with the Supreme Personality of Godhead are five — śānta, dāsya, sakhya, vātsalya and madhura.
Purport
Śānta-bhakti-rasa is described in the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (3.1.4-6) as follows:
vakṣyamāṇair vibhāvādyaiḥ *śamināṁ svādyatāṁ gataḥ * sthāyī śānti-ratir dhīraiḥ śānta-bhakti-rasaḥ smṛtaḥ
prāyaḥ sva-sukha-jātīyaṁ *sukhaṁ syād atra yoginām * kintv ātma-saukhyam aghanaṁ ghanaṁ tv īśa-mayaṁ sukham
tatrāpīśa-svarūpānu- *bhavasyaivoru-hetutā * dāsādi-van-mano-jñātva- līlāder na tathā matā
When śānta-rati (neutral attraction) exists continuously and is mixed with ecstatic emotion, and when the devotee relishes that neutral position, it is called śānta-bhakti-rasa. Śānta-bhakti-rasa devotees generally relish the impersonal feature of the Supreme Personality of Godhead. Since their taste of transcendental bliss is incomplete, it is called aghana, or not concentrated. A comparison is made between ordinary milk and concentrated milk. When the same devotee goes beyond the impersonal and tastes the service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead in His original form as sac-cid-ānanda-vigraha (His transcendental, blissful body, complete in knowledge and eternity), the taste is called concentrated (ghana) transcendental bliss. Sometimes the devotees in śānta-rasa relish transcendental bliss after meeting the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but this is not comparable to the transcendental bliss relished by the devotees situated in dāsya-rasa, the transcendental mellow in which one renders service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
Dāsya-rasa, or dāsya-bhakti-rasa, is described in the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (3.2.3-4) as follows:
ātmocitair vibhāvādyaiḥ prītir āsvādanīyatām
nītā cetasi bhaktānāṁ prīti-bhakti-raso mataḥ
anugrāhy asya dāsatvāl lālyatvād apy ayaṁ dvidhā
bhidyate sambhrama-prīto gaurava-prīta ity api
When according to his desires the living entity develops love for the Supreme Personality of Godhead, this beginning stage of love is called dāsya-bhakti-rasa. Dāsya-bhakti-rasa is divided into two categories, called sambhrama-dāsya and gaurava-dāsya. In sambhrama-dāsya, the devotee renders respectful service to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, but in the more advanced gaurava-dāsya, the devotee feels he is receiving protection from the Lord.
Sakhya-bhakti-rasa is described as follows in the Bhakti-rasāmṛta sindhu (3.3.1):
sthāyi-bhāvo vibhāvādyaiḥ sakhyam ātmocitair iha
nītaś citte satāṁ puṣṭiṁ rasaḥ preyān udīryate
“According to one’s original consciousness, ecstatic emotions may be exhibited as continuously existing in fraternity. When this stage of Kṛṣṇa consciousness is mature, it is called preyo-rasa or sakhya-bhakti-rasa.”
Vātsalya-bhakti-rasa is described in the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (3.4.1) as follows:
vibhāvādyais tu vātsalyaṁ sthāyī puṣṭim upāgataḥ
eṣa vatsala-nāmātra prokto bhakti-raso budhaiḥ
“When eternally existing love of Godhead transforms into parental love and is mixed with corresponding emotions, that stage of spiritual existence is described by learned devotees as vātsalya-bhakti-rasa.”
Madhura-bhakti-rasa is described in the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (3.5.1) as follows:
ātmocitair vibhāvādyaiḥ puṣṭiṁ nītā satāṁ hṛdi
madhurākhyo bhaved bhakti- raso ’sau madhurā ratiḥ
“If in accordance with one’s own natural development in Kṛṣṇa consciousness one’s attraction leans toward conjugal love within the heart, that is called attachment in conjugal love, or madhura-rasa.”
Text 186
Bengali
हास्योऽद्भुतस्तथा वीरः करुणो रौद्र इत्यपि ।
भय़ानकः सवीभत्स इति गौणश्च सप्तधा ॥ १८६ ॥
Verse text
hāsyo ’dbhutas tathā vīraḥ
karuṇo raudra ity api
bhayānakaḥ sa-bībhatsa
iti gauṇaś ca saptadhā
Synonyms
hāsyaḥ — laughter; adbhutaḥ — wonder; tathā — then; vīraḥ — chivalry; karuṇaḥ — compassion; raudraḥ — anger; iti — thus; api — also; bhayānakaḥ — fear; saḥ — along with; bībhatsaḥ — disaster; iti — thus; gauṇaḥ — indirect; ca — also; saptadhā — seven kinds.
Translation
“ ‘Besides the five direct mellows, there are seven indirect mellows, known as laughter, wonder, chivalry, compassion, anger, disaster and fear.’
Purport
This verse is found in the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (2.5.116).
Text 187
Bengali
हास्य, अद्भुत, वीर, करुण, रौद्र, वीभत्स, भय़ ।
पञ्चविध-भक्ते गौण सप्तरस हय़ ॥ १८७ ॥
Verse text
hāsya, adbhuta, vīra, karuṇa, raudra, bībhatsa, bhaya
pañca-vidha-bhakte gauṇa sapta-rasa haya
Synonyms
hāsya — laughter; adbhuta — wonder; vīra — chivalry; karuṇa — pathetic feeling; raudra — anger; bībhatsa — disaster; bhaya — fearfulness; pañca-vidha-bhakte — in five kinds of devotees; gauṇa — indirect; sapta-rasa — seven kinds of mellows; haya — there are.
Translation
“In addition to the five direct mellows, there are seven indirect mellows, known as laughter, wonder, chivalry, compassion, anger, disaster and fear.
Purport
Similarly, hāsya, adbhuta, vīra, karuṇa, raudra, bhaya and bībhatsa — the seven indirect mellows — are explained in the Bhaktirasāmṛta-sindhu. The hāsya-bhakti-rasa, laughing devotion, is explained as follows (B.r.s. 4.1.6):
vakṣyamāṇair vibhāvādyaiḥ puṣṭiṁ hāsa-ratir gatā
hāsya-bhakti-raso nāma budhair eṣa nigadyate
“When through devotional service a laughing attachment to Kṛṣṇa is developed, it is called hāsya-bhakti-rasa by learned scholars.”
Similarly, adbhuta-rasa is described in the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (4.2.1):
ātmocitair vibhāvādyaiḥ svādyatvaṁ bhakta-cetasi
sā vismaya-ratir nītād- bhuta-bhakti-raso bhavet
“When one’s general attachment is fixed in wonder, it is called adbhuta-bhakti-rasa.”
Vīra-bhakti-rasa is described as follows (B.r.s. 4.3.1):
saivotsāha-ratiḥ sthāyī vibhāvādyair nijocitaḥ
ānīyamānā svādyatvaṁ vīra-bhakti-raso bhavet
yuddha-dāna-dayā-dharmaiś caturdhā-vīra ucyate
“When attachment to Kṛṣṇa mixes with the bellicose tendency, the charitable tendency or the merciful tendency in the heart of the devotee, such devotion is called vīra-bhakti-rasa.”
Karuṇa-bhakti-rasa is described as follows (B.r.s. 4.4.1):
ātmocitair vibhāvādyair nītā puṣṭiṁ satāṁ hṛdi
bhavec choka-ratir bhakti- raso hi karuṇābhidhaḥ
“When one’s devotional attitude and attachment for Kṛṣṇa is mixed with lamentation, it is called karuṇa-bhakti-rasa.”
Similarly, raudra-bhakti-rasa is described as follows (B.r.s. 4.5.1):
nītā krodha-ratiḥ puṣṭiṁ vibhāvādyair nijocitaiḥ
hṛdi bhakta-janasyāsau raudra-bhakti-raso bhavet
“When devotion is mixed with anger in the heart of the devotee, the taste is called raudra-bhakti-rasa.”
Bhayānaka-bhakti-rasa is described as follows (B.r.s. 4.6.1):
vakṣyamāṇair vibhāvādyaiḥ puṣṭiṁ bhaya-ratir gatā
bhayānakābhidho bhakti- raso dhīrair udīryate
“When devotion is mixed with fear, it is called bhayānaka-bhakti-rasa.”
Bībhatsa-bhakti-rasa is described as follows (B.r.s. 4.7.1):
puṣṭiṁ nija-vibhāvādyair jugupsā-ratir āgatā
asau bhakti-raso dhīrair bībhatsākhya itīryate
“When one’s attachment for Kṛṣṇa develops in an abominable way, and the devotee enjoys it, that is called bībhatsa-bhakti-rasa.”
In conclusion, when a pure devotee is situated in any of the five principal mellows (śānta, dāsya, sakhya, vātsalya or madhura) and that mellow is mixed with one or more of the seven indirect bhakti-rasas (hāsya, adbhuta, vīra, karuṇa, raudra, bhayānaka or bībhatsa), the indirect mellows become prominent.
Text 188
Bengali
पञ्चरस ‘स्थाय़ी’ व्यापी रहे भक्त-मने ।
सप्त गौण ‘आगन्तुक’ पाइय़े कारणे ॥ १८८ ॥
Verse text
pañca-rasa ‘sthāyī’ vyāpī rahe bhakta-mane
sapta gauṇa ‘āgantuka’ pāiye kāraṇe
Synonyms
pañca-rasa — five direct transcendental mellows; sthāyī — permanently existing; vyāpī — expanded; rahe — remain situated; bhakta-mane — in the heart of a devotee; sapta gauṇa — seven indirect mellows; āgantuka — accidental; pāiye — appearing; kāraṇe — under certain conditions.
Translation
“The five direct transcendental mellows of devotional service are permanently situated in the heart of the devotee, whereas the seven indirect emotions appear suddenly under certain conditions and appear more powerful.
Text 189
Bengali
शान्तभक्त — नव-योगेन्द्र, सनकादि आर ।
दास्यभाव-भक्त — सर्वत्र सेवक अपार ॥ १८९ ॥
Verse text
śānta-bhakta — nava-yogendra, sanakādi āra
dāsya-bhāva-bhakta — sarvatra sevaka apāra
Synonyms
śānta-bhakta — the neutral devotees; nava — nine; yogendra — saintly persons; sanaka-ādi āra — and the four Kumāras, headed by Sanaka; dāsya-bhāva-bhakta — devotees in dāsya-rasa; sarvatra sevaka apāra — similar innumerable servants everywhere.
Translation
“Examples of śānta-bhaktas are the nine Yogendras and the four Kumāras. Examples of devotees in dāsya-bhakti are innumerable, for such devotees exist everywhere.
Purport
The nine Yogendras are Kavi, Havi, Antarīkṣa, Prabuddha, Pippalāyana, Āvirhotra, Draviḍa (Drumila), Camasa and Karabhājana. The four Kumāras are Sanaka, Sanandana, Sanat-kumāra and Sanātana. The servant devotees in Gokula are Raktaka, Citraka, Patraka and so on. In Dvārakā there are servants like Dāruka, and in the Lord’s pastimes in the material world there are servants like Hanumān.
Text 190
Bengali
सख्य-भक्त — श्रीदामादि, पुरे भीमार्जुन ।
वात्सल्य-भक्त — माता पिता, यत गुरुजन ॥ १९० ॥
Verse text
sakhya-bhakta — śrīdāmādi, pure bhīmārjuna
vātsalya-bhakta — mātā pitā, yata guru-jana
Synonyms
sakhya-bhakta — devotees in fraternity; śrīdāmā-ādi — Śrīdāmā and others; pure — in Dvārakā; bhīma-arjuna — Bhīma and Arjuna; vātsalya-bhakta — devotees in parental love; mātā pitā — the mother and father; yata guru-jana — all other similar superior persons.
Translation
“In Vṛndāvana, examples of devotees in fraternity are Śrīdāmā and Sudāmā; in Dvārakā the Lord’s friends are Bhīma and Arjuna; in Vṛndāvana the devotees in parental love are mother Yaśodā and father Nanda Mahārāja, and in Dvārakā the Lord’s parents are Vasudeva and Devakī. There are also other superior persons who are devotees in parental love.
Text 191
Bengali
मधुर-रसे भक्तमुख्य — व्रजे गोपीगण ।
महिषीगण, लक्ष्मीगण, असङ्ख्य गणन ॥ १९१ ॥
Verse text
madhura-rase bhakta-mukhya — vraje gopī-gaṇa
mahiṣī-gaṇa, lakṣmī-gaṇa, asaṅkhya gaṇana
Synonyms
madhura-rase — in the mellow of conjugal love; bhakta-mukhya — the chief devotees; vraje — in Vṛndāvana; gopī-gaṇa — the gopīs; mahiṣī-gaṇa — the queens in Dvārakā; lakṣmī-gaṇa — the goddesses of fortune in Vaikuṇṭha; asaṅkhya gaṇana — of innumerable reckoning.
Translation
“The chief devotees in conjugal love are the gopīs in Vṛndāvana, the queens in Dvārakā and the goddesses of fortune in Vaikuṇṭha. These devotees are innumerable.
Text 192
Bengali
पुनः कृष्णरति हय़ दुइत प्रकार ।
ऐश्वर्यज्ञानमिश्रा, केवला-भेद आर ॥ १९२ ॥
Verse text
punaḥ kṛṣṇa-rati haya duita prakāra
aiśvarya-jñāna-miśrā, kevalā-bheda āra
Synonyms
punaḥ — again; kṛṣṇa-rati — attachment for Kṛṣṇa; haya — becomes; duita — twofold; prakāra — varieties; aiśvarya-jñāna-miśrā — knowledge of Kṛṣṇa mixed with a reverential attitude; kevalā — pure attachment; bheda — division; āra — other.
Translation
“Attachment for Kṛṣṇa is divided into two categories. One is attachment with awe and reverence, and the other is pure attachment without reverence.
Text 193
Bengali
गोकुले ‘केवला’ रति ऐश्वर्यज्ञानहीन ।
पुरीद्वय़े, वैकुण्ठाद्ये — ऐश्वर्य-प्रवीण ॥ १९३ ॥
Verse text
gokule ‘kevalā’ rati — aiśvarya-jñāna-hīna
purī-dvaye, vaikuṇṭhādye — aiśvarya-pravīṇa
Synonyms
gokule — in Gokula Vṛndāvana; kevalā rati — flawless attachment; aiśvarya-jñāna-hīna — without reverential considerations; purī-dvaye — in two purīs, namely Mathurā-purī and Dvārakā-purī; vaikuṇṭha-ādye — in the Vaikuṇṭha planets; aiśvarya-pravīṇa — prominence of awe and reverence.
Translation
“Pure attachment without reverence is found in Gokula Vṛndāvana. Attachment in which awe and reverence are prominent is found in the two cities Mathurā and Dvārakā and in Vaikuṇṭha.
Text 194
Bengali
ऐश्वर्यज्ञानप्राधान्ये सङ्कुचित प्रीति ।
देखिय़ा ना माने ऐश्वर्य — केवलार रीति ॥ १९४ ॥
Verse text
aiśvarya-jñāna-prādhānye saṅkucita prīti
dekhiyā nā māne aiśvarya — kevalāra rīti
Synonyms
aiśvarya-jñāna-prādhānye — in the predominance of awe and veneration; saṅkucita — crippled; prīti — love; dekhiyā — seeing; nā māne — does not care; aiśvarya — opulence; kevalāra rīti — that is the symptom of pure devotional service.
Translation
“When opulence is very prominent, love of Godhead is somewhat crippled. According to kevalā devotion, however, even though the devotee sees the unlimited potency of Kṛṣṇa, he considers himself equal to Him.
Text 195
Bengali
शान्त-दास्य-रसे ऐश्वर्य काहाँ उद्दीपन ।
वात्सल्य-सख्य-मधुरे त’ करे सङ्कोचन ॥ १९५ ॥
Verse text
śānta-dāsya-rase aiśvarya kāhāṅ uddīpana
vātsalya-sakhya-madhure ta’ kare saṅkocana
Synonyms
śānta-dāsya-rase — in the transcendental mellows of neutrality and servitude; aiśvarya — opulence; kāhāṅ — somewhere; uddīpana — manifested; vātsalya-sakhya-madhure — in parenthood, fraternal love and conjugal love; ta’ — certainly; kare — does; saṅkocana — minimizing.
Translation
“On the transcendental platform of neutrality and service, sometimes the opulence of the Lord is prominent. But in the transcendental mellows of fraternal, parental and conjugal love, the opulence is minimized.
Text 196
Bengali
वसुदेव-देवकीर कृष्ण चरण वन्दिल ।
ऐश्वर्यज्ञाने दुँहार मने भय़ हैल ॥ १९६ ॥
Verse text
vasudeva-devakīra kṛṣṇa caraṇa vandila
aiśvarya-jñāne duṅhāra mane bhaya haila
Synonyms
vasudeva-devakīra — of Vasudeva and Devakī; kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa; caraṇa — to the lotus feet; vandila — offered prayers; aiśvarya-jñāne — because of knowledge of the opulence; duṅhāra — of both of them; mane — in the minds; bhaya haila — there was fear.
Translation
“When Kṛṣṇa offered prayers at the lotus feet of His mother and father, Vasudeva and Devakī, they both felt awe, reverence and fear due to knowledge of His opulences.
Text 197
Bengali
देवकी वसुदेवश्च विज्ञाय़ जगदीश्वरौ ।
कृतसंवन्दनौ पुत्रौ सस्वजाते न शङ्कितौ ॥ १९७ ॥
Verse text
devakī vasudevaś ca
vijñāya jagad-īśvarau
kṛta-saṁvandanau putrau
sasvajāte na śaṅkitau
Synonyms
devakī — Devakī; vasudevaḥ — Vasudeva; ca — and; vijñāya — understanding; jagat-īśvarau — the two Lords of the universe; kṛta-saṁvandanau — having paid obeisances; putrau — the two sons Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma; sasvajāte — embraced; na — not; śaṅkitau — being frightened.
Translation
“ ‘When Devakī and Vasudeva understood that their two sons Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma, who had paid obeisances to them, were the Supreme Personality of Godhead, they became fearful and did not embrace Them.’
Purport
This verse quoted from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.44.51) describes what happened just after the killing of Kaṁsa by Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma. Vasudeva and Devakī saw their son kill the powerful demon Kaṁsa, and after this they were immediately released from their shackles. Balarāma and Kṛṣṇa then offered respects to Devakī and Vasudeva. Both the father and the mother wanted to embrace their sons, but they understood that Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma were the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and they therefore hesitated to embrace Them. Their parental love for Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma was therefore hampered and decreased by awe and reverence.
Text 198
Bengali
कृष्णेर विश्वरूप देखि’ अर्जुनेर हैल भय़ ।
सख्यभावे धार्ष्ट्य क्षमापय़ करिय़ा विनय़ ॥ १९८ ॥
Verse text
kṛṣṇera viśva-rūpa dekhi’ arjunera haila bhaya
sakhya-bhāve dhārṣṭya kṣamāpaya kariyā vinaya
Synonyms
kṛṣṇera — of Lord Kṛṣṇa; viśva-rūpa — the universal form; dekhi’ — seeing; arjunera — of Arjuna; haila bhaya — there was fear; sakhya-bhāve — as a friend; dhārṣṭya — impudence; kṣamāpaya — begs pardon for; kariyā — showing; vinaya — submission.
Translation
“When Kṛṣṇa manifested His universal form, Arjuna became reverent and fearful, and he begged forgiveness for his past impudence toward Kṛṣṇa as a friend.
Texts 199-200
Bengali
सखेति मत्वा प्रसभं यदुक्तम् ।
हे कृष्ण हे यादव हे सखेति ।
अजानता महिमानं तवेदं
मय़ा प्रमादात् प्रणय़ेन वापि ॥ १९९ ॥
यच्चावहासार्थमसत्कृतोऽसि
विहार-शय्यासन-भोजनेषु ।
एकोऽथ वाप्यच्युत तत्समक्षं
तत् क्षामय़े त्वामहमप्रमेय़म् ॥ २०० ॥
Verse text
sakheti matvā prasabhaṁ yad uktaṁ
he kṛṣṇa he yādava he sakheti
ajānatā mahimānaṁ tavedaṁ
mayā pramādāt praṇayena vāpi
yac cāvahāsārtham asat-kṛto ’si
vihāra-śayyāsana-bhojaneṣu
eko ’tha vāpy acyuta tat-samakṣaṁ
tat kṣāmaye tvām aham aprameyam
Synonyms
sakhā — friend; iti — thus; matvā — thinking; prasabham — forcibly; yat — that which; uktam — was said; he kṛṣṇa — O Kṛṣṇa; he yādava — O descendant of Yadu; he sakhā — O my dear friend; iti — thus; ajānatā — without knowing; mahimānam — greatness; tava — Your; idam — this; mayā — by me; pramādāt — out of ignorance; praṇayena — out of affection; vā — or; api — certainly; yat — whatever; ca — and; avahāsa-artham — for the matter of joking; asat-kṛtaḥ — insulted; asi — You are; vihāra — while enjoying; śayyā-āsana — sitting or lying on the bed; bhojaneṣu — while eating together; ekaḥ — alone; atha vā — or; api — certainly; acyuta — O my dear Kṛṣṇa; tat-samakṣam — in the presence of others; tat — all those; kṣāmaye — ask pardon; tvām — unto You; aham — I; aprameyam — who are unlimited.
Translation
“ ‘Thinking of You as my friend, I have rashly addressed You “O Kṛṣṇa,” “O Yādava,” “O my friend,” not knowing Your glories. Please forgive whatever I may have done in madness or in love. I have dishonored You many times, jesting as we relaxed, lay on the same bed, or sat or ate together, sometimes alone and sometimes in front of many friends. O infallible one, please excuse me for all those offenses.’
Purport
This is a quotation from the Bhagavad-gītā (11.41-42). In this verse, Arjuna is addressing Kṛṣṇa, who was exhibiting His universal form on the Battlefield of Kurukṣetra.
Text 201
Bengali
कृष्ण यदि रुक्मिणीरे कैला परिहास ।
‘कृष्ण छाड़िवेन’ — जानि’ रुक्मिणीर हैल त्रास ॥ २०१ ॥
Verse text
kṛṣṇa yadi rukmiṇīre kailā parihāsa
‘kṛṣṇa chāḍibena’ — jāni’ rukmiṇīra haila trāsa
Synonyms
kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa; yadi — although; rukmiṇīre — unto Rukmiṇī, the first queen; kailā — did; parihāsa — joking; kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa; chāḍibena — will give me up; jāni’ — thinking; rukmiṇīra — of Rukmiṇī; haila — there was; trāsa — shock.
Translation
“Although Kṛṣṇa was joking with Queen Rukmiṇī, she was thinking that He was going to give up her company, and she was therefore shocked.
Text 202
Bengali
तस्याः सुदुःखभय़ शोक-विनष्ट-वुद्धे-
र्हस्ताच्छ्लथद्वलय़तो व्यजनं पपात ।
देहश्च विक्लवधिय़ः सहसैव मुह्यन्
रम्भेव वातविहता प्रविकीर्य केशान् ॥ २०२ ॥
Verse text
tasyāḥ su-duḥkha-bhaya-śoka-vinaṣṭa-buddher
hastāc chlathad-valayato vyajanaṁ papāta
dehaś ca viklava-dhiyaḥ sahasaiva muhyan
rambheva vāta-vihatā pravikīrya keśān
Synonyms
tasyāḥ — of her; su-duḥkha-bhaya — due to great distress and fear; śoka — and lamentation; vinaṣṭa — lost; buddheḥ — whose intelligence; hastāt — from the hand; ślathat — being loose; valayataḥ — bangles; vyajanam — the fan; papāta — fell down; dehaḥ — body; ca — also; viklava — paralyzed by fear; dhiyaḥ — whose understanding; sahasā eva — suddenly; muhyan — fainting; rambhā iva — like a banana tree; vāta-vihatā — dashed by a high wind; pravikīrya — scattering; keśān — the hair.
Translation
“ ‘While Kṛṣṇa was joking with Rukmiṇī in Dvārakā, she was full of distress, fear and lamentation. She had also lost her intelligence. She dropped her hand bangles and the fan she was using to fan the Lord. Her hair became disarrayed, and she fainted and fell suddenly, appearing like a banana tree knocked down by high winds.’
Purport
This verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.60.24) refers to Kṛṣṇa’s speaking to Rukmiṇī in His bedroom. Just to test her sincerity, He began to joke with her, presenting Himself as poor, incapable and unfit to be her lover. Not understanding that He was joking, Rukmiṇī took Him seriously and thought that He wanted to leave her company. This misunderstanding made her very unhappy, and her whole body was affected. Her fan and bangles fell to the floor, and she also fell down like a banana tree knocked down by high winds.
Text 203
Bengali
‘केवला’र शुद्धप्रेम ‘ऐश्वर्य’ ना जाने ।
ऐश्वर्य देखिलेओ निज-सम्वन्ध से माने ॥ २०३ ॥
Verse text
‘kevalā’ra śuddha-prema ‘aiśvarya’ nā jāne
aiśvarya dekhileo nija-sambandha se māne
Synonyms
kevalāra — of unmixed attraction for Kṛṣṇa; śuddha-prema — unalloyed love; aiśvarya — opulence; nā jāne — does not know; aiśvarya — opulence; dekhileo — in spite of experiencing; nija-sambandha — one’s own relationship with Kṛṣṇa; se māne — he takes very seriously.
Translation
“In the stage of kevalā [unalloyed devotion] a devotee does not consider the unlimited opulence of Kṛṣṇa, even though he experiences it. He takes seriously only his own relationship with Kṛṣṇa.
Purport
When a devotee reaches the stage of pure, unalloyed devotion, especially in friendship with Kṛṣṇa, he forgets the Lord’s opulences, although he sees them, and he considers himself equal to Kṛṣṇa. There is no question of actually comparing oneself to Kṛṣṇa, but because the devotee is so advanced in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, he is able to behave with Kṛṣṇa as he would with an ordinary man.
Text 204
Bengali
त्रय्या चोपनिषद्भिश्च साङ्ख्ययोगैश्च सात्वतैः ।
उपगीय़मानमाहात्म्यं हरिं साऽमन्यतात्मजम् ॥ २०४ ॥
Verse text
trayyā copaniṣadbhiś ca
sāṅkhya-yogaiś ca sātvataiḥ
upagīyamāna-māhātmyaṁ
hariṁ sāmanyatātmajam
Synonyms
trayyā — by followers of three Vedas who perform great sacrifices, such as those performed for the demigod Indra; ca — also; upaniṣadbhiḥ — by the followers of the Upaniṣads, the most exalted portion of Vedic knowledge (as Brahman); ca — also; sāṅkhya — by the philosophers who analytically study the universe (as the Puruṣa); yogaiḥ — by mystic yogīs (as the Paramātmā situated everywhere); ca — and; sātvataiḥ — by devotees who follow the method of worship mentioned in the Pañcarātra and other Vedic literatures (as Bhagavān); upagīyamāna — being sung; māhātmyam — whose glories; harim — unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sā — she (mother Yaśodā); amanyata — considered; ātma-jam — as her own son, born of her body.
Translation
“ ‘When mother Yaśodā saw all the universes within Kṛṣṇa’s mouth, she was astonished for the time being. The Lord is worshiped like Indra and other demigods by the followers of the three Vedas, who offer Him sacrifices. He is worshiped as impersonal Brahman by saintly persons who understand His greatness through studying the Upaniṣads, as the Puruṣa by great philosophers who analytically study the universe, as the allpervading Supersoul by great yogīs, and as the Supreme Personality of Godhead by devotees. Nevertheless, mother Yaśodā considered the Lord her own son.’
Purport
This verse is quoted from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.8.45). Those who are spiritually advanced forget Kṛṣṇa’s opulence by the mercy of yogamāyā. For instance, mother Yaśodā considered Kṛṣṇa an ordinary child.
Text 205
Bengali
तं मत्वात्मजमव्यक्तं मर्त्यलिङ्गमधोक्षजम् ।
गोपिकोलूखले दाम्ना ववन्ध प्राकृतं यथा ॥ २०५ ॥
Verse text
taṁ matvātmajam avyaktaṁ
martya-liṅgam adhokṣajam
gopikolūkhale dāmnā
babandha prākṛtaṁ yathā
Synonyms
tam — Him (Kṛṣṇa); matvā — considering; ātmajam — own son; avyaktam — unmanifested; martya-liṅgam — manifested as if perishable; adhokṣajam — beyond the perception of the senses; gopikā — mother Yaśodā; ulūkhale — to the mortar; dāmnā — with rope; babandha — bound; prākṛtam — an ordinary child; yathā — like.
Translation
“ ‘Although Kṛṣṇa is beyond sense perception and is unmanifest to human beings, He takes up the guise of a human being with a material body. Thus mother Yaśodā thought Him to be her son, and she bound Lord Kṛṣṇa with rope to a wooden mortar, as if He were an ordinary child.’
Purport
This verse from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.9.14) is in reference to Lord Kṛṣṇa’s exhibiting Himself like an ordinary child before mother Yaśodā. He was playing like a naughty boy, stealing butter and breaking butter pots. Mother Yaśodā became disturbed and wanted to bind the Lord to a mortar used for pounding spices. In other words, she considered the Supreme Personality of Godhead an ordinary child.
Text 206
Bengali
उवाह कृष्णेा भगवान् श्रीदामानं पराजितः ।
वृषभं भद्रसेनस्तु प्रलम्वो रोहिणीसुतम् ॥ २०६ ॥
Verse text
uvāha kṛṣṇo bhagavān
śrīdāmānaṁ parājitaḥ
vṛṣabhaṁ bhadrasenas tu
pralambo rohiṇī-sutam
Synonyms
uvāha — carried; kṛṣṇaḥ — Lord Kṛṣṇa; bhagavān — the Supreme Personality of Godhead; śrīdāmānam — Śrīdāmā; parājitaḥ — being defeated; vṛṣabham — Vṛṣabha; bhadrasenaḥ — Bhadrasena; tu — and; pralambaḥ — Pralamba; rohiṇī-sutam — Balarāma.
Translation
“ ‘When Kṛṣṇa was defeated by Śrīdāmā, He had to carry him on His shoulders. Similarly, Bhadrasena carried Vṛṣabha, and Pralamba carried Balarāma, the son of Rohiṇī.’
Purport
This verse is from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.18.24). When all the cowherd boys were playing in the forest of Vṛndāvana, the demon Pralambāsura appeared in order to kidnap Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma. The asura appeared disguised in the form of a cowherd boy, but Kṛṣṇa could understand his trick. Kṛṣṇa therefore divided all the cowherd boys into two parties. One party belonged to Balarāma, and the other party belonged to Kṛṣṇa Himself. Ultimately Kṛṣṇa was defeated in this play, and according to the wager, the defeated party had to carry the victorious party on their shoulders. Kṛṣṇa had to carry Śrīdāmā on His shoulders, and Bhadrasena had to carry Vṛṣabha. The demon Pralambāsura had to carry Balarāma, and when Balarāma mounted his shoulders, the demon ran far away. Finally the demon began to expand his body to a gigantic size, and Balarāma understood that he intended to kill Him. Balarāma immediately struck the demon’s head with His strong fist, and the demon fell down dead as if he were a snake whose head had been smashed.
Texts 207-209
Bengali
सा च मेने तदात्मानं वरिष्ठां सर्वयोषिताम् ।
हित्वा गोपीः कामयाना मामसौ भजते प्रिय़ः ॥ २०७ ॥
ततो गत्वा वनोद्देशं दृप्ता केशवमव्रवीत् ।
न पारय़ेऽहं चलितुं नय़ मां यत्र ते मनः ॥ २०८ ॥
एवमुक्तः प्रिय़ामाह स्कन्धमारुह्यतामिति ।
ततश्चान्तर्दधे कृष्णः सा वधूरन्वतप्यत ॥ २०९ ॥
Verse text
sā ca mene tadātmānaṁ
variṣṭhāṁ sarva-yoṣitām
hitvā gopīḥ kāma-yānā
mām asau bhajate priyaḥ
tato gatvā vanoddeśaṁ
dṛptā keśavam abravīt
na pāraye ’haṁ calituṁ
naya māṁ yatra te manaḥ
evam uktaḥ priyām āha
skandham āruhyatām iti
tataś cāntardadhe kṛṣṇaḥ
sā vadhūr anvatapyata
Synonyms
sā — Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī; ca — also; mene — considered; tadā — at that time; ātmānam — Herself; variṣṭhām — the most glorious; sarva-yoṣitām — among all the gopīs; hitvā — giving up; gopīḥ — all the other gopīs; kāma-yānāḥ — who were desiring the company of Kṛṣṇa; mām — Me; asau — that Śrī Kṛṣṇa; bhajate — worships; priyaḥ — the most dear; tataḥ — thereafter; gatvā — going; vana-uddeśam — to the deep forest; dṛptā — being very proud; keśavam — unto Kṛṣṇa; abravīt — said; na pāraye — am unable; aham — I; calitum — to walk; naya — just carry; mām — Me; yatra — wherever; te — Your; manaḥ — mind; evam uktaḥ — thus being ordered by Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī; priyām — to this most dear gopī; āha — said; skandham — My shoulders; āruhyatām — please get on; iti — thus; tataḥ — thereafter; ca — also; antardadhe — disappeared; kṛṣṇaḥ — Lord Kṛṣṇa; sā — Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī; vadhūḥ — the gopī; anvatapyata — began to lament.
Translation
“ ‘My dearmost Kṛṣṇa, You are worshiping Me and giving up the company of all the other gopīs, who wanted to enjoy themselves with You.” Thinking like this, Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī considered Herself Kṛṣṇa’s most beloved gopī. She had become proud and had left the rāsa-līlā with Kṛṣṇa. In the deep forest She said, “My dear Kṛṣṇa, I cannot walk any more. You can take Me wherever You like.” When Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī petitioned Kṛṣṇa in this way, Kṛṣṇa said, “Just get up on My shoulders.” As soon as Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī began to do so, He disappeared. Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī then began to grieve over Her request and Kṛṣṇa’s disappearance.’
Purport
These three verses are quoted from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.30.36-38).
Text 210
Bengali
पतिसुतान्वय़भ्रातृवान्धवा-
नतिविलङ्घ्य तेऽन्त्यच्युतागताः ।
गतिविदस्तवोद्गीतमोहिताः
कितव योषितः कस्त्यजेन्निशि ॥ २१० ॥
Verse text
pati-sutānvaya-bhrātṛ-bāndhavān
ativilaṅghya te ’nty acyutāgatāḥ
gati-vidas tavodgīta-mohitāḥ
kitava yoṣitaḥ kas tyajen niśi
Synonyms
pati — husbands; suta — sons; anvaya — family; bhrātṛ — brothers; bāndhavān — friends; ativilaṅghya — without caring for; te — Your; anti — dear shelter; acyuta — O infallible one; āgatāḥ — have come; gati-vidaḥ — who know everything of our activities; tava — of You; udgīta — by the singing flute; mohitāḥ — being attracted; kitava — O great cheater; yoṣitaḥ — beautiful women; kaḥ — who; tyajet — would give up; niśi — in the dead of night.
Translation
“ ‘Dear Kṛṣṇa, we gopīs have neglected the order of our husbands, sons, family, brothers and friends and have left their company to come to You. You know everything about our desires. We have come only because we are attracted by the supreme music of Your flute. But You are a great cheater, for who else would give up the company of young girls like us in the dead of night?’
Purport
This verse, quoted from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (10.31.16), describes how the gopīs went to the forest for Kṛṣṇa’s enjoyment in the dead of night. The gopīs approached Kṛṣṇa to enjoy themselves with Him in the rāsa dance. Kṛṣṇa knew this very well, but He was superficially trying to avoid them. He is therefore addressed by the gopīs as kitava, a great cheater, because He first attracted them to come dance with Him, and yet when they actually came, neglecting the orders of their friends and relatives, He tried to avoid them by giving them so-called good instructions. These cunning instructions were too much for the gopīs to tolerate; they therefore had a right to address Kṛṣṇa as kitava, a great cheater. They were all young girls, and they had come to Him to be enjoyed. How could He avoid them? The gopīs therefore expressed great disappointment in this verse. They came voluntarily, but Kṛṣṇa was so cunning that He wanted to avoid their company. The gopīs’ lamentation was certainly very appropriate, and in this way Kṛṣṇa tested their sincerity.
Text 211
Bengali
शान्तरसे — ‘स्वरूपवुद्ध्ये कृष्णैकनिष्ठता’ ।
“शमो मन्निष्ठता वुद्धेः” इति श्रीमुख-गाथा ॥ २११ ॥
Verse text
śānta-rase — ‘svarūpa-buddhye kṛṣṇaika-niṣṭhatā’
“śamo man-niṣṭhatā buddheḥ” iti śrī-mukha-gāthā
Synonyms
śānta-rase — in the stage of śānta-rasa, or neutrality; svarūpa-buddhye — by self-realization; kṛṣṇa-eka-niṣṭhatā — full devotion to the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa; śamaḥ — equilibrium; mat — to Me; niṣṭhatā — the quality of attachment; buddheḥ — of the mind; iti — thus; śrī-mukha — from the mouth of the Supreme Lord; gāthā — a verse.
Translation
“When one is fully attached to Kṛṣṇa’s lotus feet, one attains the śamatā stage. The word ‘śamatā’ is derived from the word ‘śama’; therefore śānta-rasa, the position of neutrality, means being fully attached to the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa. This is the verdict from the mouth of the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself. This state is called self-realization.
Purport
The corresponding verse from the Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu (3.1.47) follows.
Text 212
Bengali
शमो मन्निष्ठता वुद्धेरिति श्रीभगवद्वचः ।
तनिष्ठा दुर्घटा वुद्धेरेतां शान्तरतिं विना ॥ २१२ ॥
Verse text
śamo man-niṣṭhatā buddher
iti śrī-bhagavad-vacaḥ
tan-niṣṭhā durghaṭā buddher
etāṁ śānta-ratiṁ vinā
Synonyms
śamaḥ — equality or neutrality; mat-niṣṭhatā — being fixed in My lotus feet; buddheḥ — of the intelligence; iti — thus; śrī-bhagavat-vacaḥ — words of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tat-niṣṭhā — attachment or attraction for Him; durghaṭā — very difficult to achieve; buddheḥ — of intelligence; etām — thus; śānta-ratim — attachment on the platform of śānta-rasa; vinā — without.
Translation
“ ‘These are the words of the Supreme Personality of Godhead: “When one’s intelligence is fully attached to My lotus feet but one does not render practical service, one has attained the stage called śānta-rati, or śama.” Without śānta-rati, attachment to Kṛṣṇa is very difficult to achieve.’
Text 213
Bengali
शमो मन्निष्ठता वुद्धेर्दम इन्द्रिय़संयमः ।
तितिक्षा दुःखसम्मर्षो जिह्वोपस्थजय़ो धृतिः ॥ २१३ ॥
Verse text
śamo man-niṣṭhatā buddher
dama indriya-saṁyamaḥ
titikṣā duḥkha-sammarṣo
jihvopastha-jayo dhṛtiḥ
Synonyms
śamaḥ — neutrality; mat-niṣṭhatā — attachment for Me; buddheḥ — of intelligence; damaḥ — self-control; indriya-saṁyamaḥ — controlling the activities of the senses; titikṣā — tolerance; duḥkha — of unhappiness; sammarṣaḥ — endurance; jihvā — tongue; upastha — and the urge of the genitals; jayaḥ — conquering; dhṛtiḥ — control.
Translation
“ ‘The word “śama” or “śānta-rasa” indicates that one is attached to the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa. “Dama” means controlling the senses and not being deviated from the Lord’s service. endurance of unhappiness is “titikṣā,” and “dhṛti” means controlling the tongue and the genitals.’
Purport
This verse is from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (11.19.36). The conditioned soul under the clutches of māyā, the material energy, is very much agitated by the urges of the tongue and the genitals. Control of the urges of the tongue, the belly and the genitals (which are situated in a straight line) is called dhṛti. Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura says, tāra madhye jihvā ati, lobhamaya sudurmati. Among the senses, the tongue is the most formidable enemy of the conditioned soul. Urged by the tongue, one commits many sinful activities. Although Kṛṣṇa has given human beings nice food, people still commit sins by killing poor animals for the satisfaction of the tongue. Not being able to control the tongue, the conditioned soul eats more than he needs. Of course, everyone must eat to keep the body fit for the Lord’s service, but when one cannot control the senses, he falls victim to the dictations of the tongue and the belly. Naturally, genital agitation follows, and one seeks illicit sex. However, if one is fixed at the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa, he can control the tongue. Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura further states, kṛṣṇa baḍa dayāmaya, karibāre jihvā jaya, sva-prasāda-anna dilā bhāi: in order to conquer the tongue, Kṛṣṇa has been very merciful and has given us nice food that has been offered to Him. When a person is attached to Kṛṣṇa’s lotus feet, he does not eat anything not offered to Kṛṣṇa. Sei annāmṛta khāo, rādhā-kṛṣṇa-guṇa gāo, preme ḍāka caitanya-nitāi. Since a devotee eats only prasādam, he conquers the dictations of the tongue, belly and genitals. One can control the dictates of the senses when situated in the position of śānta-rasa. Then one’s advancement in Kṛṣṇa consciousness is assured.
Text 214
Bengali
कृष्ण विना तृष्णा-त्याग — तार कार्य मानि ।
अतएव ‘शान्त’ कृष्णभक्त एक जानि ॥ २१४ ॥
Verse text
kṛṣṇa vinā tṛṣṇā-tyāga — tāra kārya māni
ataeva ‘śānta’ kṛṣṇa-bhakta eka jāni
Synonyms
kṛṣṇa vinā — without Kṛṣṇa; tṛṣṇā-tyāga — giving up all desires; tāra — of śānta-rasa; kārya — the business; māni — I accept; ataeva — therefore; śānta — the position of equilibrium; kṛṣṇa-bhakta — a devotee of Kṛṣṇa; eka — only; jāni — I know.
Translation
“Giving up all desires not connected with Kṛṣṇa is the business of one who is in śānta-rasa. Only a devotee of Kṛṣṇa can be situated on that platform. He is thus called a śānta-rasa-bhakta.
Purport
In this position, one is freed from all material enjoyment. When one is not agitated or disturbed, he can immediately realize his relationship with Kṛṣṇa. A śānta-rasa devotee is therefore always fixed in realization. This instruction was given by the Lord Himself to Uddhava. The beginning of pure devotional service is called anyābhilāṣitā-śūnya. When one is situated on the platform of neutrality, he is freed from the material platform and fully situated in spiritual life. The word dama, used in verse 213, means indriya-saṁyama — curbing one’s senses. The word dama can also mean curbing one’s enemies. A king has to take steps to curb the criminal activities of his citizens. Great rājarṣis, devotee kings, used to control undesirable elements in their states, and this also may be called dama. However, dama here refers to the conditioned soul who must control his senses. Real dama means controlling the undesirable activities of the senses.
Text 215
Bengali
स्वर्ग, मोक्ष कृष्णभक्त ‘नरक’ करि’ माने ।
कृष्णनिष्ठा, तृष्णा-त्याग — शान्तेर ‘दुइ’ गुणे ॥ २१५ ॥
Verse text
svarga, mokṣa kṛṣṇa-bhakta ‘naraka’ kari’ māne
kṛṣṇa-niṣṭhā, tṛṣṇā-tyāga — śāntera ‘dui’ guṇe
Synonyms
svarga — the heavenly kingdom; mokṣa — liberation from material bondage; kṛṣṇa-bhakta — a devotee of Lord Kṛṣṇa; naraka kari’ māne — considers as good as hell; kṛṣṇa-niṣṭhā — being fixed at the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa; tṛṣṇā-tyāga — giving up all material desires; śāntera — of one on the neutrality platform; dui guṇe — two transcendental qualities.
Translation
“When a devotee is situated on the platform of śānta-rasa, he desires neither elevation to the heavenly planets nor liberation. These are the results of karma and jñāna, and the devotee considers them no better than hell. A person situated on the śānta-rasa platform manifests the two transcendental qualities of detachment from all material desires and full attachment to Kṛṣṇa.
Text 216
Bengali
नाराय़णपराः सर्वे न कुतश्चन विभ्यति ।
स्वर्गापवर्गनरकेष्वपि तुल्यार्थदर्शिनः ॥ २१६ ॥
Verse text
nārāyaṇa-parāḥ sarve
na kutaścana bibhyati
svargāpavarga-narakeṣv
api tulyārtha-darśinaḥ
Synonyms
nārāyaṇa-parāḥ — persons who are attached to the Supreme Personality of Godhead; sarve — all; na — not; kutaścana — from any quarter; bibhyati — are afraid; svarga — in heavenly planets; apavarga — in liberation; narakeṣu — or in hell; api — although; tulya-artha — results as equal; darśinaḥ — who see.
Translation
“ ‘A person who is devoted to the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Nārāyaṇa, is not afraid of anything. Elevation to the heavenly kingdom, condemnation to hell and liberation from material bondage all appear the same to a devotee.’
Purport
This verse is quoted from Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam (6.17.28). Elevation to the heavenly planets, liberation from material bondage, and condemnation to hell are all equal to the devotee. The devotee’s only desire is to be attached to the lotus feet of Kṛṣṇa and to engage in His transcendental loving service.
Text 217
Bengali
एइ दुइ गुण व्यापे सव भक्तजने ।
आकाशेर ‘शव्द’-गुण येन भूतगणे ॥ २१७ ॥
Verse text
ei dui guṇa vyāpe saba bhakta-jane
ākāśera ‘śabda’-guṇa yena bhūta-gaṇe
Synonyms
ei dui — these two; guṇa — transcendental qualities; vyāpe — expand; saba bhakta-jane — in the lives of all devotees; ākāśera — of the sky; śabda-guṇa — the quality of sound; yena — like; bhūta-gaṇe — other material elements.
Translation
“These two qualities of the śānta stage spread through the lives of all devotees. They are like the quality of sound in the sky. Sound vibration is found in all material elements.
Purport
The two qualities of śānta-rasa mentioned in verse 215 are present in all kinds of devotees, whether they are in dāsya-rasa, sakhya-rasa, vātsalya-rasa or madhura-rasa. The example of sound is given herein. Sound not only exists in the sky, or ether, but it is also present in air, fire, water and earth. This is a scientific explanation of devotional service. Just as sound is present in all material elements, the qualities found in śānta-rasa are present in all devotees, whether they are on the platform of dāsya-rasa, sakhya-rasa, vātsalya-rasa or madhura-rasa.
Text 218
Bengali
शान्तेर स्वभाव — कृष्णे ममता-गन्धहीन ।
‘परंव्रह्म’-‘परमात्मा’-ज्ञान-प्रवीण ॥ २१८ ॥
Verse text
śāntera svabhāva — kṛṣṇe mamatā-gandha-hīna
‘paraṁ-brahma’-‘paramātmā’-jñāna pravīṇa
Synonyms
śāntera svabhāva — the characteristic of śānta-rasa; kṛṣṇe — in Kṛṣṇa; mamatā-gandha-hīna — not even the smallest quantity of intimacy; param-brahma — impersonal Brahman; paramātmā — the localized situation of the Lord; jñāna — knowledge; pravīṇa — prominence.
Translation
“It is the nature of śānta-rasa that not even the smallest intimacy exists. Rather, knowledge of impersonal Brahman and localized Paramātmā is prominent.
Purport
Because of an impersonal impression of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, a devotee in the śānta-rasa relationship worships the impersonal Brahman or localized aspect of the Absolute Truth (Paramātmā). He does not develop a personal relationship with the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Śrī Kṛṣṇa.
Text 219
Bengali
केवल ‘स्वरूप-ज्ञान’ हय़ शान्त-रसे ।
‘पूर्णैश्वर्यप्रभु प्रभु-ज्ञान’ अधिक हय़ दास्ये ॥ २१९ ॥
Verse text
kevala ‘svarūpa-jñāna’ haya śānta-rase
‘pūrṇaiśvarya-prabhu-jñāna’ adhika haya dāsye
Synonyms
kevala — only; svarūpa-jñāna — knowledge of the constitutional position of one’s self; haya — there is; śānta-rase — in the mellow of neutrality; pūrṇa-aiśvarya-prabhu-jñāna — knowledge of the full opulences of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; adhika — greater; haya — becomes; dāsye — in the transcendental mellow of servitude.
Translation
“On the platform of śānta-rasa, one realizes only his constitutional position. But when one is raised to the platform of dāsya-rasa, he better understands the full opulence of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
Text 220
Bengali
ईश्वरज्ञान, सम्भ्रम-गौरव प्रचुर ।
‘सेवा’ करि’ कृष्णे सुख देन निरन्तर ॥ २२० ॥
Verse text
īśvara-jñāna, sambhrama-gaurava pracura
‘sevā’ kari’ kṛṣṇe sukha dena nirantara
Synonyms
īśvara-jñāna — knowledge of the supreme controller; sambhrama-gaurava — awe and veneration; pracura — abundant; sevā — service; kari’ — performing; kṛṣṇe — unto Lord Kṛṣṇa; sukha — happiness; dena — gives; nirantara — constantly.
Translation
“On the dāsya-rasa platform, knowledge of the Supreme Personality of Godhead is revealed with awe and veneration. By rendering service unto Lord Kṛṣṇa, the devotee in dāsya-rasa gives constant happiness to the Lord.
Text 221
Bengali
शान्तेर गुण दास्ये आछे, अधिक — ‘सेवन’ ।
अतएव दास्यरसेर एइ ‘दुइ’ गुण ॥ २२१ ॥
Verse text
śāntera guṇa dāsye āche, adhika — ‘sevana’
ataeva dāsya-rasera ei ‘dui’ guṇa
Synonyms
śāntera — of the platform of śānta-rasa; guṇa — the qualities; dāsye — on the platform of servitude; āche — are; adhika — additional; sevana — serving; ataeva — therefore; dāsya-rasera — of the platform of dāsya-rasa; ei dui guṇa — these two qualities (namely śānta and dāsya).
Translation
“The qualities of śānta-rasa are also present in dāsya-rasa, but service is added. Thus the dāsya-rasa platform contains the qualities of both śānta-rasa and dāsya-rasa.
Text 222
Bengali
शान्तेर गुण, दास्येर सेवन — सख्ये दुइ हय़ ।
दास्येर ‘सम्भ्रमङ्गौरव’-सेवा, सख्ये ‘विश्वास’-मय़ ॥ २२२ ॥
Verse text
śāntera guṇa, dāsyera sevana — sakhye dui haya
dāsyera ‘sambhrama-gaurava’-sevā, sakhye ‘viśvāsa’-maya
Synonyms
śāntera guṇa — qualities of śānta-rasa; dāsyera sevana — the service of the dāsya-rasa; sakhye — on the platform of fraternity; dui — the qualities of two rasas; haya — there are; dāsyera — of the dāsya platform; sambhrama-gaurava — with awe and veneration; sevā — service; sakhye — on the platform of fraternity; viśvāsa-maya — mixed with confidence.
Translation
“The qualities of śānta-rasa and the service of dāsya-rasa are both present on the platform of sakhya-rasa. On the platform of fraternity, the qualities of dāsya-rasa are mixed with the confidence of fraternity instead of awe and veneration.
Text 223
Bengali
कान्धे चड़े, कान्धे चड़ाय़, करे क्रीड़ा-रण ।
कृष्णे सेवे, कृष्णे कराय़ आपन-सेवन ॥ २२३ ॥
Verse text
kāndhe caḍe, kāndhe caḍāya, kare krīḍā-raṇa
kṛṣṇe seve, kṛṣṇe karāya āpana-sevana
Synonyms
kāndhe — on the shoulders; caḍe — gets up; kāndhe caḍāya — sometimes takes on his own shoulders; kare — performs; krīḍā-raṇa — mock fighting; kṛṣṇe seve — serves Kṛṣṇa; kṛṣṇe — from Kṛṣṇa; karāya — causes; āpana-sevana — his own service.
Translation
“On the sakhya-rasa platform, the devotee sometimes offers the Lord service and sometimes makes Kṛṣṇa serve him in exchange. In their mock fighting, the cowherd boys would sometimes climb on Kṛṣṇa’s shoulders, and sometimes they would make Kṛṣṇa climb on their shoulders.
Text 224
Bengali
विश्रम्भ-प्रधान सख्य — गौरव-सम्भ्रम-हीन ।
अतएव सख्य-रसेर ‘तिन’ गुण — चिह्न ॥ २२४ ॥
Verse text
viśrambha-pradhāna sakhya — gaurava-sambhrama-hīna
ataeva sakhya-rasera ‘tina’ guṇa — cihna
Synonyms
viśrambha-pradhāna sakhya — on the platform of fraternity, in which confidentiality is prominent; gaurava-sambhrama — awe and veneration; hīna — without; ataeva — therefore; sakhya-rasera — of the platform of fraternity; tina guṇa — the qualities of three rasas, namely śānta, dāsya and sakhya; cihna — the symptom.
Translation
“Awe and veneration are absent on the platform of fraternity, since this rasa is predominated by confidential service. Therefore sakhya-rasa is characterized by the qualities of three rasas.
Text 225
Bengali
‘ममता’ अधिक, कृष्णे आत्मसम ज्ञान ।
अतएव सख्यरसेर वश भगवान् ॥ २२५ ॥
Verse text
‘mamatā’ adhika, kṛṣṇe ātma-sama jñāna
ataeva sakhya-rasera vaśa bhagavān
Synonyms
mamatā — intimacy; adhika — increase; kṛṣṇe — with Kṛṣṇa; ātma-sama jñāna — the notion of equality; ataeva — therefore; sakhya-rasera — by the mellow of fraternity; vaśa — controlled; bhagavān — the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
Translation
“On the platform of sakhya-rasa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead Kṛṣṇa is controlled by the devotees who are intimate with Him and think themselves equal to Him.
Text 226
Bengali
वात्सल्ये शान्तेर गुण, दास्येर सेवन ।
सेइ सेइ सेवनेर इहाँ नाम — ‘पालन’ ॥ २२६ ॥
Verse text
vātsalye śāntera guṇa, dāsyera sevana
sei sei sevanera ihāṅ nāma — ‘pālana’
Synonyms
vātsalye — on the platform of parental love; śāntera guṇa — the qualities of śānta-rasa; dāsyera sevana — the service of dāsya-rasa; sei sei sevanera — the service of śānta-rasa, dāsya-rasa and sakhya-rasa; ihāṅ — on this platform; nāma — named; pālana — maintenance.
Translation
“On the platform of parental love, the qualities of śānta-rasa, dāsya-rasa and sakhya-rasa are transformed into a form of service called maintenance.
Text 227
Bengali
सख्येर गुण — ‘असङ्कोच’, ‘अगौरव’ सार ।
ममताधिक्ये ताड़न-भर्त्सन-व्यवहार ॥ २२७ ॥
Verse text
sakhyera guṇa — ‘asaṅkoca’, ‘agaurava’ sāra
mamatādhikye tāḍana-bhartsana-vyavahāra
Synonyms
sakhyera guṇa — the quality of fraternity; asaṅkoca — without any formality; agaurava — without any veneration; sāra — the essence; mamatā-adhikye — on account of greater intimacy; tāḍana — of chastisement; bhartsana — of rebuking; vyavahāra — behavior.
Translation
“The essence of fraternal love is intimacy devoid of the formality and veneration found in dāsya-rasa. Due to a greater sense of intimacy, the devotee functioning in parental love chastises and rebukes the Lord in an ordinary way.
Text 228
Bengali
आपनारे ‘पालक’ ज्ञान, कृष्णे ‘पाल्य’-ज्ञान ।
‘चारि’ गुणे वात्सल्य रस — अमृत-समान ॥ २२८ ॥
Verse text
āpanāre ‘pālaka’ jñāna, kṛṣṇe ‘pālya’-jñāna
‘cāri’ guṇe vātsalya rasa — amṛta-samāna
Synonyms
āpanāre — unto himself; pālaka jñāna — the notion of a caretaker; kṛṣṇe — in Lord Kṛṣṇa; pālya — as object of protection; jñāna — notion; cāri — four; guṇe — in qualities; vātsalya rasa — the mellow of parental love; amṛta-samāna — like nectar.
Translation
“On the platform of parental love, the devotee considers himself the Lord’s maintainer. Thus the Lord is the object of maintenance, like a son, and therefore this mellow is full of the qualities of four rasas — śānta-rasa, dāsya-rasa, fraternity and parental love. This is more transcendental nectar.
Purport
In his Amṛta-pravāha-bhāṣya, Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura gives us a short summary of this complicated description of the different rasas. He states that by becoming firmly fixed in the Lord’s service, one is devoid of all material desires. These are the two transcendental qualities on the śānta-rasa platform. Just as sound vibration is found in all the material elements, these two qualities of śānta-rasa are spread throughout all the other transcendental mellows, which are known as dāsya-rasa, sakhya-rasa, vātsalya-rasa and madhura-rasa. Although in śānta-rasa there is attachment for Kṛṣṇa in awe and veneration — since the two valuable transcendental qualities of this rasa are attachment for Kṛṣṇa and detachment from material desires — nonetheless the sense of intimacy is lacking. The reason for this is that in śānta-rasa attachment for impersonal Brahman and localized Paramātmā is prominent. In other words, the sense of intimacy by which one thinks of Kṛṣṇa as one’s only shelter and friend is absent in śānta-rasa because one accepts Kṛṣṇa as the impersonal Parambrahma or localized Paramātmā. This understanding is based on the speculative knowledge of the jñānī. However, when this knowledge is further developed, one is convinced that the Paramātmā, the Supreme Lord, is the master and that the living entity is His eternal servant. One then attains the platform of dāsya-rasa. In dāsya-rasa the Lord is accepted with awe and veneration. Thus the active service that is absent in śānta-rasa becomes prominent in dāsya-rasa. In other words, in dāsya-rasa the qualities of śānta-rasa are present, and service also becomes predominantly visible. Similarly, when this same rasa is developed into fraternity (sakhya-rasa), a friendly intimacy is added. There is no awe or veneration in sakhya-rasa. Therefore sakhya-rasa is invested with the qualities of three rasas — śānta, dāsya and sakhya. Similarly, on the platform of parental love, the qualities of śānta-rasa, dāsya-rasa and sakhya-rasa are fully developed in another form — the sense of maintaining the Lord. Therefore on the platform of parental love there exists a combination of the qualities of four transcendental mellows — śānta, dāsya, sakhya and parenthood. The mellow of parenthood puts the devotee in the position of a maintainer. Indeed, without formality the devotee takes the position of maintainer and regards the Lord as the object of maintenance. Thus on the platform of parental love the qualities of four transcendental mellows of love of Kṛṣṇa are present.
Text 229
Bengali
से अमृतानन्दे भक्त सह डुवेन आपने ।
‘कृष्ण — भक्तवश’ गुण कहे ऐश्वर्य-ज्ञानिगणे ॥ २२९ ॥
Verse text
se amṛtānande bhakta saha ḍubena āpane
‘kṛṣṇa — bhakta-vaśa’ guṇa kahe aiśvarya-jñāni-gaṇe
Synonyms
se — that Lord Kṛṣṇa; amṛta-ānande — in spiritual happiness; bhakta — the devotee; saha — with; ḍubena — plunges; āpane — Himself; kṛṣṇa — Kṛṣṇa; bhakta-vaśa — of being subjugated by the devotee; guṇa — the quality; kahe — say; aiśvarya-jñāni-gaṇe — learned scholars knowing the opulence of Kṛṣṇa.
Translation
“The exchange of spiritual happiness between Kṛṣṇa and His devotee in which Kṛṣṇa is controlled by His devotee is compared to an ocean of nectar into which the devotee and Kṛṣṇa plunge. This is the verdict of learned scholars who appreciate Kṛṣṇa’s opulence.
Text 230
Bengali
इतीदृक्स्वलीलाभिरानन्दकुण्डे
स्वघोषं निमज्जन्तमाख्यापय़न्तम् ।
तदीय़ेशितज्ञेषु भक्तैर्जितत्वं
पुनः प्रेमतस्तं शतावृत्ति वन्दे ॥ २३० ॥
Verse text
itīdṛk-sva-līlābhir ānanda-kuṇḍe
sva-ghoṣaṁ nimajjantam ākhyāpayantam
tadīyeśita-jñeṣu bhaktair jitatvaṁ
punaḥ prematas taṁ śatāvṛtti vande
Synonyms
iti — thus; īdṛk-sva-līlābhiḥ — by this Dāmodara in His transcendental pastimes; ānanda-kuṇḍe — in the ocean of transcendental bliss; sva-ghoṣam — His personal associates; nimajjantam — plunging; ākhyāpayantam — declaring; tadīya — of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; īśita-jñeṣu — among learned scholars expert in the knowledge of the opulences; bhaktaiḥ — by the devotees; jitatvam — the subjugation; punaḥ — again; premataḥ — with love; tam — unto Him; śata-āvṛtti — hundreds of times; vande — I offer my respectful obeisances.
Translation
“ ‘Again let me offer my respectful obeisances unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead. O my Lord, I offer my obeisances hundreds and thousands of times with all affection because by Your personal pastimes You plunge the gopīs into an ocean of nectar. Appreciating Your opulence, devotees generally declare that You are always subjugated by their feelings.’
Purport
This verse is from the Dāmodarāṣṭaka, in the Padma Purāṇa.
Text 231
Bengali
मधुर-रसे — कृष्णनिष्ठा, सेवा अतिशय़ ।
सख्येर असङ्कोच, लालन-ममताधिक्य हय़ ॥ २३१ ॥
Verse text
madhura-rase — kṛṣṇa-niṣṭhā, sevā atiśaya
sakhyera asaṅkoca, lālana-mamatādhikya haya
Synonyms
madhura-rase — on the platform of conjugal love; kṛṣṇa-niṣṭhā — attachment for Kṛṣṇa; sevā atiśaya — an improved rendering of service; sakhyera — of the platform of fraternity; asaṅkoca — relaxation; lālana — maintenance; mamatā-adhikya — increase of intimacy; haya — there is.
Translation
“On the platform of conjugal love, attachment for Kṛṣṇa, rendering service unto Him, the relaxed feelings of fraternity and the feelings of maintenance all increase in intimacy.
Text 232
Bengali
कान्तभावे निजाङ्ग दिय़ा करेन सेवन ।
अतएव मधुर-रसेर हय़ ‘पञ्च’ गुण ॥ २३२ ॥
Verse text
kānta-bhāve nijāṅga diyā karena sevana
ataeva madhura-rasera haya ‘pañca’ guṇa
Synonyms
kānta-bhāve — on the platform of conjugal love; nija-aṅga — own body; diyā — offering; karena — executes; sevana — service; ataeva — therefore; madhura-rasera — of the mellow of conjugal love; haya — there are; pañca guṇa — five kinds of transcendental qualities.
Translation
“On the platform of conjugal love, the devotee offers his body in the service of the Lord. Thus on this platform the transcendental qualities of all five rasas are present.
Purport
Attachment for Kṛṣṇa in śānta-rasa, rendering service to the Lord in dāsya-rasa, rendering relaxed service in fraternity and serving in parental love with feelings of maintenance all combine on the platform of conjugal love when the devotee wants to serve the Lord by offering Him his personal body. Thus the qualities of the other rasas combine to form the nectar of conjugal love. On this platform, all the different feelings of a devotee are amalgamated.
Text 233
Bengali
आकाशादि गुण येन पर पर भूते ।
एक-दुइ-तिन-चारि क्रमे पञ्च पृथिवीते ॥ २३३ ॥
Verse text
ākāśādi guṇa yena para para bhūte
eka-dui-tina-cāri krame pañca pṛthivīte
Synonyms
ākāśa-ādi — beginning with the sky; guṇa — qualities; yena — as; para para — one after another; bhūte — in the material elements; eka — one; dui — two; tina — three; cāri — four; krame — in this way; pañca — all five qualities; pṛthivīte — in earth.
Translation
“All the material qualities evolve one after another in the material elements, beginning from ether. By gradual evolution, first one quality develops, then two qualities develop, then three and four, until all five qualities are found in earth.
Text 234
Bengali
एइमत मधुरे सव भाव-समाहार ।
अतएव आस्वादाधिक्ये करे चमत्कार ॥ २३४ ॥
Verse text
ei-mata madhure saba bhāva-samāhāra
ataeva āsvādādhikye kare camatkāra
Synonyms
ei-mata — in this way; madhure — on the platform of conjugal love; saba — all; bhāva-samāhāra — amalgamation of the feelings; ataeva — therefore; āsvāda-adhikye — from the increase of tasting by the devotees; kare camatkāra — is certainly wonderful.
Translation
“Similarly, on the platform of conjugal love, all the feelings of the devotees are amalgamated. The intensified taste is certainly wonderful.”
Text 235
Bengali
एइ भक्तिरसेर करिलाङ, दिग्दरशन ।
इहार विस्तार मने करिह भावन ॥ २३५ ॥
Verse text
ei bhakti-rasera karilāṅa, dig-daraśana
ihāra vistāra mane kariha bhāvana
Synonyms
ei — this; bhakti-rasera — of the feelings of devotional service; karilāṅa — I have described; dik-daraśana — general survey; ihāra — of this; vistāra — expansion; mane — within the mind; kariha — you should do; bhāvana — consideration.
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu then concluded, “I have simply given a general survey describing the mellows of devotional service. You can consider how to adjust and expand this.
Text 236
Bengali
भाविते भाविते कृष्ण स्फुरय़े अन्तरे ।
कृष्णकृपाय़ अज्ञ पाय़ रससिन्धु-पारे ॥ २३६ ॥
Verse text
bhāvite bhāvite kṛṣṇa sphuraye antare
kṛṣṇa-kṛpāya ajña pāya rasa-sindhu-pāre
Synonyms
bhāvite bhāvite — in this way when one is strictly in thought; kṛṣṇa — Lord Kṛṣṇa; sphuraye antare — manifests within; kṛṣṇa-kṛpāya — by the mercy of Kṛṣṇa; ajña — one not expert in knowledge; pāya — reaches; rasa-sindhu-pāre — the far shore of the ocean of transcendental mellows.
Translation
“When one thinks of Kṛṣṇa constantly, love for Him manifests within the heart. Even though one may be ignorant, one can reach the far shore of the ocean of transcendental love by Lord Kṛṣṇa’s mercy.”
Text 237
Bengali
एत वलि’ प्रभु ताँरे कैला आलिङ्गन ।
वाराणसी चलिवारे प्रभुर हैल मन ॥ २३७ ॥
Verse text
eta bali’ prabhu tāṅre kailā āliṅgana
vārāṇasī calibāre prabhura haila mana
Synonyms
eta bali’ — saying this; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tāṅre — unto Rūpa Gosvāmī; kailā — did; āliṅgana — embracing; vārāṇasī — toward Benares; calibāre — to go; prabhura — of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; haila — was; mana — the mind.
Translation
After saying this, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu embraced Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī. The Lord then decided to go to the city of Benares.
Text 238
Bengali
प्रभाते उठिय़ा यवे करिला गमन ।
तवे ताँर पदे रूप करे निवेदन ॥ २३८ ॥
Verse text
prabhāte uṭhiyā yabe karilā gamana
tabe tāṅra pade rūpa kare nivedana
Synonyms
prabhāte — in the morning; uṭhiyā — getting up; yabe — when; karilā — made; gamana — departure; tabe — at that time; tāṅra — His; pade — at the lotus feet; rūpa — Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī; kare — does; nivedana — submission.
Translation
The next morning, when Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu arose and prepared to leave for Vārāṇasī [Benares], Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī submitted the following statement at the Lord’s lotus feet.
Text 239
Bengali
‘आज्ञा हय़, आसि मुञि श्रीचरण-सङ्गे ।
सहिते ना पारि मुञि विरह-तरङ्गे ॥’ २३९ ॥
Verse text
‘ājñā haya, āsi muñi śrī-caraṇa-saṅge
sahite nā pāri muñi viraha-taraṅge’
Synonyms
ājñā haya — if there is permission; āsi — may come; muñi — I; śrī-caraṇa-saṅge — with Your Lordship; sahite — to tolerate; nā pāri — not able; muñi — I; viraha-taraṅge — the waves of separation.
Translation
“If You give me permission, I shall go with Your Lordship. It is not possible for me to tolerate the waves of separation.”
Text 240
Bengali
प्रभु कहे, — तोमार कर्तव्य, आमार वचन ।
निकटे आसिय़ाछ तुमि, याह वृन्दावन ॥ २४० ॥
Verse text
prabhu kahe, — tomāra kartavya, āmāra vacana
nikaṭe āsiyācha tumi, yāha vṛndāvana
Synonyms
prabhu kahe — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied; tomāra kartavya — your duty; āmāra vacana — My order; nikaṭe āsiyācha — have come near; tumi — you; yāha — go; vṛndāvana — to Vṛndāvana.
Translation
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu replied, “Your duty is to carry out My order. You have come near Vṛndāvana. Now you should go there.
Text 241
Bengali
वृन्दावन हैते तुमि गौड़देश दिय़ा ।
आमारे मिलिवा नीलाचलेते आसिय़ा ॥ २४१ ॥
Verse text
vṛndāvana haite tumi gauḍa-deśa diyā
āmāre milibā nīlācalete āsiyā
Synonyms
vṛndāvana haite — from Vṛndāvana; tumi — you; gauḍa-deśa diyā — by way of Bengal; āmāre — Me; milibā — will meet; nīlācalete — at Jagannātha Purī; āsiyā — coming.
Translation
“Later, you can go from Vṛndāvana to Jagannātha Purī through Bengal [Gauḍa-deśa]. There you will meet Me again.”
Text 242
Bengali
ताँरे आलिङ्गिय़ा प्रभु नौकाते चड़िला ।
मूर्च्छित हञा तेँहो ताहाञि पड़िला ॥ २४२ ॥
Verse text
tāṅre āliṅgiyā prabhu naukāte caḍilā
mūrcchita hañā teṅho tāhāñi paḍilā
Synonyms
tāṅre — him; āliṅgiyā — embracing; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; naukāte — in a boat; caḍilā — got aboard; mūrcchita hañā — fainting; teṅho — he (Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī); tāhāñi — on the spot; paḍilā — fell.
Translation
After embracing Rūpa Gosvāmī, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu got into a boat. Rūpa Gosvāmī fainted and fell down on the spot.
Text 243
Bengali
दाक्षिणात्य-विप्र ताँरे घरे लञा गेला ।
तवे दुइ भाइ वृन्दावनेरे चलिला ॥ २४३ ॥
Verse text
dākṣiṇātya-vipra tāṅre ghare lañā gelā
tabe dui bhāi vṛndāvanere calilā
Synonyms
dākṣiṇātya-vipra — the brāhmaṇa from Deccan; tāṅre — him (Rūpa Gosvāmī); ghare lañā — taking to his home; gelā — went; tabe — thereafter; dui bhāi — the two brothers; vṛndāvanere — toward Vṛndāvana; calilā — departed.
Translation
The brāhmaṇa from Deccan took Rūpa Gosvāmī to his home, and thereafter the two brothers departed for Vṛndāvana.
Text 244
Bengali
महाप्रभु चलि’ चलि’ आइला वाराणसी ।
चन्द्रशेखर मिलिला ग्रामेर वाहिरे आसि’ ॥ २४४ ॥
Verse text
mahāprabhu cali’ cali’ āilā vārāṇasī
candraśekhara mililā grāmera bāhire āsi’
Synonyms
mahāprabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; cali’ cali’ — walking and walking; āilā — arrived; vārāṇasī — at Vārāṇasī; candraśekhara — Candraśekhara; mililā — He met; grāmera — of the village; bāhire — outside; āsi’ — coming.
Translation
After walking and walking, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu finally arrived at Vārāṇasī, where He met Candraśekhara, who was coming out of the city.
Text 245
Bengali
रात्रे तेँहो स्वप्न देखे, — प्रभु आइला घरे ।
प्रातःकाले आसि’ रहे ग्रामेर वाहिरे ॥ २४५ ॥
Verse text
rātre teṅho svapna dekhe, — prabhu āilā ghare
prātaḥ-kāle āsi’ rahe grāmera bāhire
Synonyms
rātre — at night; teṅho — he (Candraśekhara); svapna — a dream; dekhe — saw; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; āilā — has come; ghare — to his home; prātaḥ-kāle — in the morning; āsi’ — coming; rahe — he remained; grāmera bāhire — outside the city.
Translation
In a dream Candraśekhara had seen that Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu had come to his home; therefore in the morning Candraśekhara went outside the city to receive the Lord.
Text 246
Bengali
आचम्विते प्रभु देखि’ चरणे पड़िला ।
आनन्दित हञा निज-गृहे लञा गेला ॥ २४६ ॥
Verse text
ācambite prabhu dekhi’ caraṇe paḍilā
ānandita hañā nija-gṛhe lañā gelā
Synonyms
ācambite — suddenly; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; dekhi’ — seeing; caraṇe — at His feet; paḍilā — he fell; ānandita hañā — becoming very glad; nija-gṛhe — to his own place; lañā — taking; gelā — went.
Translation
While Candraśekhara was waiting outside the city, he suddenly saw Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu arrive, and he fell down at the Lord’s feet. Being very happy, he took the Lord to his home.
Text 247
Bengali
तपनमिश्र शुनि’ आसि’ प्रभुरे मिलिला ।
इष्टगोष्ठी करि’ प्रभुर निमन्त्रण कैला ॥ २४७ ॥
Verse text
tapana-miśra śuni’ āsi’ prabhure mililā
iṣṭa-goṣṭhī kari’ prabhura nimantraṇa kailā
Synonyms
tapana-miśra — Tapana Miśra; śuni’ — hearing; āsi’ — coming; prabhure mililā — met the Lord; iṣṭa-goṣṭhī kari’ — conversing; prabhura — to Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; nimantraṇa — invitation; kailā — made.
Translation
Tapana Miśra also heard news of the Lord’s arrival in Vārāṇasī, and he went to Candraśekhara’s house to meet Him. After talking, he invited the Lord to take lunch at his place.
Text 248
Bengali
निज घरे लञा प्रभुरे भिक्षा कराइल ।
भट्टाचार्ये चन्द्रशेखर निमन्त्रण कैल ॥ २४८ ॥
Verse text
nija ghare lañā prabhure bhikṣā karāila
bhaṭṭācārye candraśekhara nimantraṇa kaila
Synonyms
nija ghare — to his own place; lañā — taking; prabhure — to the Lord; bhikṣā karāila — offered lunch; bhaṭṭācārye — unto Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya; candraśekhara — Candraśekhara; nimantraṇa — invitation; kaila — made.
Translation
Tapana Miśra took Caitanya Mahāprabhu to his house and gave Him lunch. Candraśekhara invited Balabhadra Bhaṭṭācārya to take lunch at his home.
Text 249
Bengali
भिक्षा कराञा मिश्र कहे प्रभु-पाय़ धरि’ ।
एक भिक्षा मागि, मोरे देह’ कृपा करि’ ॥ २४९ ॥
Verse text
bhikṣā karāñā miśra kahe prabhu-pāya dhari’
eka bhikṣā māgi, more deha’ kṛpā kari’
Synonyms
bhikṣā karāñā — after offering the lunch; miśra — Tapana Miśra; kahe — said; prabhu — of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; pāya — the lotus feet; dhari’ — touching; eka bhikṣā — one favor; māgi — I beg; more — unto me; deha’ — kindly deliver; kṛpā kari’ — by Your causeless mercy.
Translation
After offering lunch to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, Tapana Miśra begged a favor from the Lord and requested Him to award him mercy.
Text 250
Bengali
यावत् तोमार हय़ काशीपुरे स्थिति ।
मोर घर विना भिक्षा ना करिवा कति ॥ २५० ॥
Verse text
yāvat tomāra haya kāśī-pure sthiti
mora ghara vinā bhikṣā nā karibā kati
Synonyms
yāvat — as long as; tomāra — Your; haya — there is; kāśī-pure — at Vārāṇasī; sthiti — stay; mora ghara — my place; vinā — except; bhikṣā — lunch; nā karibā — kindly do not take; kati — anywhere.
Translation
Tapana Miśra said, “As long as Your Lordship stays in Vārāṇasī, please do not accept an invitation from anyone but me.”
Text 251
Bengali
प्रभु जानेन — दिन पाँच-सात से रहिव ।
सन्न्यासीर सङ्गे भिक्षा काहाँ ना करिव ॥ २५१ ॥
Verse text
prabhu jānena — dina pāṅca-sāta se rahiba
sannyāsīra saṅge bhikṣā kāhāṅ nā kariba
Synonyms
prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; jānena — knows; dina — days; pāṅca-sāta — five days or at the most a week; se — that; rahiba — I shall stay; sannyāsīra saṅge — with Māyāvādī sannyāsīs; bhikṣā — lunch; kāhāṅ — at any time; nā kariba — I shall not take.
Translation
It was known to Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu that He would remain there only five or seven days. He would not accept any invitation that involved Māyāvādī sannyāsīs.
Text 252
Bengali
एत जानि’ ताँर भिक्षा कैला अङ्गीकार ।
वासा-निष्ठा कैला चन्द्रशेखरेर घर ॥ २५२ ॥
Verse text
eta jāni’ tāṅra bhikṣā kailā aṅgīkāra
vāsā-niṣṭhā kailā candraśekharera ghara
Synonyms
eta jāni’ — on this understanding; tāṅra — his; bhikṣā — lunch; kailā aṅgīkāra — He accepted; vāsā-niṣṭhā — residence; kailā — made; candraśekharera ghara — the house of Candraśekhara.
Translation
With this understanding, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu agreed to accept lunch at the place of Tapana Miśra. The Lord made His residence at the home of Candraśekhara.
Text 253
Bengali
महाराष्ट्रीय़ विप्र आसि’ ताँहारे मिलिला ।
प्रभु ताँरे स्नेह करि’ कृपा प्रकाशिला ॥ २५३ ॥
Verse text
mahārāṣṭrīya vipra āsi’ tāṅhāre mililā
prabhu tāṅre sneha kari’ kṛpā prakāśilā
Synonyms
mahārāṣṭrīya vipra — the Maharashtrian brāhmaṇa; āsi’ — coming; tāṅhāre — him; mililā — met; prabhu — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; tāṅre — to him; sneha kari’ — showing His affection; kṛpā prakāśilā — distributed His mercy.
Translation
The Maharashtrian brāhmaṇa came, and the Lord met him. Out of affection, the Lord bestowed His mercy upon him.
Text 254
Bengali
महाप्रभु आइला शुनि’ शिष्ट शिष्ट जन ।
व्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय़ आसि’ करेन दरशन ॥ २५४ ॥
Verse text
mahāprabhu āilā śuni’ śiṣṭa śiṣṭa jana
brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya āsi’ karena daraśana
Synonyms
mahāprabhu āilā — Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu has arrived; śuni’ — hearing; śiṣṭa śiṣṭa jana — all respectable persons; brāhmaṇa — belonging to the brāhmaṇa community; kṣatriya — belonging to the kṣatriya community; āsi’ — coming; karena daraśana — see.
Translation
Hearing that Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu had come, all the respectable members of the brāhmaṇa and kṣatriya communities came to see Him.
Text 255
Bengali
श्रीरूप-उपरे प्रभुर यत कृपा हैल ।
अत्यन्त विस्तार-कथा सङ्क्षेपे कहिल ॥ २५५ ॥
Verse text
śrī-rūpa-upare prabhura yata kṛpā haila
atyanta vistāra-kathā saṅkṣepe kahila
Synonyms
śrī-rūpa-upare — upon Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī; prabhura — of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu; yata — as much; kṛpā — mercy; haila — there was; atyanta — very much; vistāra-kathā — elaborate topics; saṅkṣepe — in brief; kahila — I have described.
Translation
Much mercy was thus bestowed upon Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī, and I have briefly described all those topics.
Text 256
Bengali
श्रद्धा करि’ एइ कथा शुने येइ जने ।
प्रेमभक्ति पाय़ सेइ चैतन्य-चरणे ॥ २५६ ॥
Verse text
śraddhā kari’ ei kathā śune ye jane
prema-bhakti pāya sei caitanya-caraṇe
Synonyms
śraddhā kari’ — with faith; ei kathā — this description; śune — hears; yei jane — any person who; prema-bhakti — love of Godhead; pāya — achieves; sei — that person; caitanya-caraṇe — at the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
Translation
Whoever hears this narration with faith and love certainly develops love of God at the lotus feet of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
Text 257
Bengali
श्रीरूप-रघुनाथ-पदे यार आश ।
चैतन्यचरितामृत कहे कृष्णदास ॥ २५७ ॥
Verse text
śrī-rūpa-raghunātha-pade yāra āśa
caitanya-caritāmṛta kahe kṛṣṇadāsa
Synonyms
śrī-rūpa — Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī; raghunātha — Śrīla Raghunātha dāsa Gosvāmī; pade — at the lotus feet; yāra — whose; āśa — expectation; caitanya-caritāmṛta — the book named Caitanya-caritāmṛta; kahe — describes; kṛṣṇadāsa — Śrīla Kṛṣṇadāsa Kavirāja Gosvāmī.
Translation
Praying at the lotus feet of Śrī Rūpa and Śrī Raghunātha, always desiring their mercy, I, Kṛṣṇadāsa, narrate Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta, following in their footsteps.
Purport
Thus end the Bhaktivedanta purports to Śrī Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Madhya-līlā, nineteenth chapter, describing the Lord’s instructions to Śrīla Rūpa Gosvāmī at Prayāga in the science of devotional service.